copy the link and paste into browser of this;
https://docs.google.com/document/d/1YrAO49HbLqhxJGLDxiqLMax5sJWho84lPOIFjXq-2l0/preview

and
https://docs.google.com/document/d/18keAaF9DRrXatquqCityGv5rgN7rBAvF_NdjJFmRdsk/preview

------------------------------


audio reading of the Erra contacts
from late in 1985.
 
Contacts 204 to  217.


204th Contact,
Sunday, December 22, 1985, 4:08 AM.

Quetzal:
1. Unfortunately, it took longer until my present visit because I was otherwise occupied and was also absent.
2. Moreover, I also strove to investigate some events of the future with respect to terrorism, assassination attempts, and other acts of violence that will happen in the next three decades.
3. But since it was determined that no more official statements are supposed to be made about this, I may only mention this for you alone.

Billy:
I just asked you for the most important events.

Quetzal:
4. That is correct; therefore, I also only strove for such.
5. Yet officially, in accordance with Ptaah’s explanation, I may say the following:
6. Everything on the Earth will change in the coming time, through neo Nazism and through religious fundamentalism and fanatical extremism, just as much as through many assassination attempts and acts of terrorism, which will assume forms that will surpass everything previously known in this regard to a very great extent.
7. The world and the thoughts and actions of people will change radically and completely, and not only will the fanatical hatred and the just as fanatical vindictiveness of the individual terrorists, assassins, and users of violence, as well as the small and large terrorist organizations play an extremely disgraceful and degrading role, but also the hatred, vindictiveness, lust for power, and world domination plans of the governments of various countries, with their militaries and secret services.
8. By the end of the second millennium, everything will take place relatively mildly in this regard, but after this, the time then begins, which will be full of tears and terror, especially in the world of the Christian, Jewish, and Islamic faiths.

Billy:
Then we are really approaching very rosy times. But you can tell me about that later, when we’ve finished the official part of our conversation. So for now, I would like to address two things that concern myself. As you know, I had fallen ill to malaria on my travels to Africa and the Orient, as well as to the Middle East, and suffered some weak relapses over the years, after Asket had cured me of the illness. Such weak relapses still appear every now and then. But even though they are no longer bad, they are still very uncomfortable and even annoying. As a doctor, do you know what I can do about it?

Quetzal:
9. You’re not even willing to let us help you.
10. But in this case, I think that you should accept our assistance; at least then you’d be rid of these vile troubles for all time.

Billy:
In this respect, it would be fine with me if you could do something. How should the whole thing proceed?

Quetzal:
11. You’d have to come with me into my aircraft; then, I can free you from your suffering, after which you will have no more troubles in this respect for the rest of your life.

Billy:
In contrast to a new or mechanical arm, I’ll gladly take your offer. We can go into your ship afterward, however, when we’ve finished our open discussion. Then I would now like to raise the second question: since my collapse, I’ve gained quite a lot of body weight, namely 20 kilos during the first two months after my collapse. Since then, I have the greatest difficulties in decreasing or even presently holding to my weight of 90 kilos. I continuously starve my weight down, but as soon as I eat even just a normal serving, my weight shoots up immediately. How might this work?

Quetzal:
12. You have to take many medicines, without which you can no longer live.
13. These are what boost up your body weight.

Billy:
You already said that once, which is why I also told this to my doctor. But he said that this was nonsense because medicines would have no such effect.

Quetzal:
14. That is a nonsensical statement that attests to the fact that earthly medicine is still very backward in its insights and in its knowledge.
15. The fact is and remains that medicines of various kinds contribute toward increasing the body weight.
16. Nevertheless, it might still take a long time before the earthly medical profession investigates this fact, recognizes it, and then accepts it.

Billy:
So it isn’t a possible gorging that forces some people into obesity but just medicines.

Quetzal:
17. That cannot be generalized because many people fall into obesity because they know no boundaries with food; therefore, they take in too much fatty food, which irresistibly increases their body weight.
18. The resulting obesity in this form has nothing to do with that which is purely genetically conditioned.

Billy:
Ah, then there is also a genetically conditioned obesity? As far as I know, our medical science knows nothing about that.

Quetzal:
19. That is correct because this fact will first be recognized toward the end of this millennium, as well as other matters that are determined by the genes.
20. Thus, for example, anxiety, sexual addiction, addiction to adrenalin rushes, addiction to extreme sports of every kind, addiction to the enthusiasm and fanaticism relating to the sporty or other achievements of other people, etc.

Billy:
However, that won’t please many people. Can't they defend themselves, then, against the effects of these certain genetic things?

Quetzal:
21. That is absolutely in the realm of possibility if the person consciously and willingly concentrates on neutralizing, altering, or dissolving the genetic effects, which can usually be done in a mild way by the fact that distance is taken and achieved from those things that are the reason for the enthusiasm or fanaticism.
22. The best way to do this is through a healthy self initiative, through which things are personally done, actions are accomplished, or businesses are conducted, and so on, which require one’s own logical thinking as well as one’s own motivations and strengths, by what means successes are produced.
23. Thus, the effects of the genes are canceled by this and can be changed for the better.

Billy:
But on the other hand, earthly genetic researchers, etc. say that this isn’t possible.

Quetzal:
24. That represents an erroneous assertion.
25. At a later date, this statement of truth will have to have its rightful place, which won’t be too far away because the initial findings of relevant kinds will already disprove the old conventional and erroneous conclusions in a few years.

Billy:
How is it, then, with carelessness and contempt for life, as this appears, for example, with extreme athletes?

Quetzal:
26. That is also genetically conditioned.

Billy:
Apparently, the brain acids are impaired by these genetic influences, and this then destructively spreads to the thoughts. Is that possible?

Quetzal:
27. That is not only possible but actually the case.
28. Yet now, my friend, it’s time again that we end our conversation.
29. You look very worn out again.
30. Then until the next visit, which will only be on the 3rd of February of next year.

Billy:
As you wish. Then until we meet again, and give everyone my best regards.

Quetzal:
31. But now, you should still come into my aircraft, so that I can free you from your suffering.

Billy:
Oh yes, of course. Then let’s go. But wait, I still have a question. My malaria dates back a long time ago, but I still have to struggle again and again with sporadic attacks. Is that normal?

Quetzal:
32. Not really, for such a phenomenon only appears in the absence of complete healing, and this happened because a new infection was given when the rest of the healing process expired.

Billy:
So that means that I was newly infected toward the end of the healing process, when Asket cured me. But how was that possible since at that time, I no longer resided in Africa but in India?

Quetzal:
33. That isn’t surprising because the "Anopheles maculipennis" has already spread for a long time even in the Far and Near East as well as in Western Asia and so on.
34. Also in Europe, the insect has acclimated itself; therefore, soon also in the northern regions of the planet, it will begin its spreading of malaria.
35. This should last until about the turn of the millennium, before the first cases will occur.

Billy:
However, the malarial mosquito, i.e. the "Anopheles maculipennis," is accustomed to a warm or even hot climate. How is it, then, that this beast suddenly also appears in cold Europe?

Quetzal:
36. Due to the stupidity and negligence of the people, who import, from anywhere in the world, food and other commodities, in which insects as well as scorpions, spiders, and snakes and other creatures are often contained, and these then become reintroduced via the imported goods and then slowly acclimate, mutate, and spread themselves.

Billy:
The malarial mosquito is also called the "fever mosquito" and mainly appears from April to October in a malaria spreading form. It is about 6 to 8 mm long and is a so called labial palp. Its wings are scaly and its proboscis is, as far as I know, a little shorter than its entire body. The wings have small, dark spots.

Quetzal:
37. That is correct.
38. This insect is a mosquito that appears in forests and in open areas rather frequently, but it is rarer than other mosquitoes, such as the "Aedes spp." and the “Culex pipiens” kinds.
39. The "Anopheles maculipennis" is easily distinguished from other mosquitoes in its posture alone.
40. It holds its body perfectly straight but at an angle to the surface.
41. The other mosquito species, however, bend their heads and proboscises at an angle from their bodies and, at the same time, somewhat parallel to the surface.
42. Especially in warm or simply warmer countries, the genus "Anopheles" has a great importance as a carrier of malaria, as you know from personal experience.
43. The malaria pathogens are tiny spore creatures that stay in the salivary gland of the “Anopheles maculipennis.”
44. For infection, specific developmental stages of the pathogens are necessary.
45. These are transferred from the mosquito’s proboscis and from its saliva into the bloodstream of humans, after which they then initially settle in the liver.
46. Then, they attack the red blood cells and split every 1 to 3 days into new individuals who, in turn, attack new blood cells.
47. Each time, a dangerous fever appears, which is well known to you.
48. Also in Europe, malaria was formerly common, but then it largely disappeared.
49. With the new invasions of the "Anopheles maculipennis," however, it will happen that the illness becomes apparent once again, even if not to a great extent, at least not in the near future.
50. What exactly arises from this, the time will prove.

Billy:
And how is it with the larva?

Quetzal:
51. It has no breathing tube.
52. Floating immediately beneath the surface of the skin, it whirls with its mouth parts that exist as suspended particles to itself.

Billy:
Aha, and to my knowledge, there are about three different forms or types of malaria, right?

Quetzal:
53. That is correct.
54. One is called "Malaria quartana," then "Malaria tertiana" and "Malaria tropica."

Billy:
Aha, and by which of these three types was I attacked?

Quetzal:
55. Fortunately, by "Malaria quartana.”
56. A form that has become rare, but through which you still have troubles to this very day.
57. Since you were newly infected, before the healing process that Asket bestowed upon you was completed, the illness was able to survive.
58. But now, I will free you from this definitively.
59. So come now.

Billy:
I will. If you permit, then maybe later, I will still separately add an explanation of a competent form to your remarks, if I find one in a clever book.

Quetzal:
60. That will be your concern.
61. But now, come.

*Translator's Note: The following is the explanation of a competent form that Meier found in a clever book.

Malaria (Italian: “mala aria,” meaning “bad air”) feminine:
Collective name for the infective disease caused by the protozoans of the genus Plasmodium, which are transferred via a mosquito (Anopheles*). Malaria tropica,* caused by Plasmodium falciparum, Malaria tertiana,* caused by Plasmodium vivax, Plasmodium ovale, and Malaria quartana,* caused by Plasmodium malariae are to be distinguished.
Development cycle and transmission: (see Plasmodia)
Distribution: Despite the intensive control measures, today, malaria is spread worldwide in the tropics and also partly in the subtropical regions below 2,000 meters of elevation; each year, about 100 million people fall ill to malaria and more than 1 million people die from it. Due to the increasing resistance of the Plasmodia against chemotherapeutic agents and the Anopheles mosquitoes against insecticides and/or through insufficient general control measures, the situation gets worse in many endemic areas. In Europe, there is an increasing number of imported malaria (see Airport malaria). There is an endemic occurrence in Europe in the Danube Delta and in parts of Turkey.
Clinical: A manifestation through the cyclic decomposition of erythrocytes [red blood cells] infected with Plasmodium; the fever that appears on this occasion repeats itself with Malaria tertiana every 3rd day, with Malaria quartana every 4th day, and with Malaria tropica irregularly. A double infection with a Plasmodium at different times or with different Plasmodia at the same time is uncharacteristic.
Fever rhythms: (see Quotidian)
The pathogenesis may be released through metabolic products, hemolytic anemia and hypoxia, as well as through autoimmune reactions of the host and capillary stasis, determined by the clumping of the infected erythrocytes.
Diagnosis: Microscopic Evidence of Plasmodium (blood smear, thick drops), especially at the beginning of the fever.
Serodiagnosis (indirect immunofluorescence test (IFT) and complement fixation test (CFT)), only for the affirmation of the anamnestic response to malaria.

Malarial Mosquito: Anopheles*
Malarial plasmodia feminine plural: see Plasmodia
Malaria prophylaxis (Prophylaxis*) feminine:
(English) Malaria prophylaxis – the measure for the prevention of a malarial infection, which depends on the development of the resistance of the Plasmodia in the various regions and under consideration of the contraindications against a regular intake of Chloroquine, Proguanil, and (short termed) Mefloquine, starting from 1 week before travel to 4 weeks after the last possible exposure (incubation period), and depending on the necessary current chemoprophylaxis.
Additional measures for the avoidance of mosquito bites (exposure prophylaxis) are mosquito nets, suitable clothing, insect repelling substances (insect repellents). The large scale battle against mosquitoes with insecticides is impeded by the resistance of the mosquitoes.

Malaria quartana feminine: (English) quartan malaria
Cause: Plasmodium malariae, a now rare form of malaria: incubation period of 20 to 35 days
Symptoms: gradual beginning (prodrome): febrile seizures every 4th day (every 72 hours) and hepatosplenomegaly. Recrudescence after years is still possible (up to around 20 years after the infection and even later in exceptional cases)
Treatment: Chloroquine
End Result: Nephropathy (immune complex deposit in the kidney)
Prognosis: relatively favorable, as long as there is no renal involvement; unfavorable in the case of Nephropathy.

Malaria tertiana feminine: (English) tertian malaria
Cause: Plasmodium vivax, Plasmodium ovale; incubation period of 8 to 20 days.
Symptoms: first 3 to 7 days: uncharacteristic initial fever, exhibiting attacks of fever every 48 hours (every 3rd day) with 40 to 41° C fever and chills, critical fever after several hours, anemia and splenomegaly after a prolonged period. Recurrence (8 months to 2 years) is relatively common.
Treatment: Chloroquine; the elimination of exoerythrocytic parasite stages (Hypnozoites, Schizonts) in the liver by primaquine.
Prognosis: without a renewed infection, complete healing usually takes place after two years; not life threatening.

Malaria tropica feminine: (English) falciparum malaria
Cause: Plasmodium falciparum*: most severe form of malaria with acute mortal danger; incubation period of around 8 to 12 (5 to 17) days.
Clinical: a very often uncharacteristic beginning: sudden high fever, chills, gastrointestinal discomfort, vomiting, dizziness, anemia, and jaundice (erythrocyte decay) appear, just like early swelling of the liver and spleen; often leads in a few days to death; while getting over the illness, after approximately 9 months, there is no more relapse.
Diagnosis: Hyperparasitemia (> 250,000 parasites/m l of blood), hemoglobin (< 4.5 mmol/L), Thrombocytopenia, Bilirubin (> 50 umol/L), Hypoglycemia (< 2.2 mmol/L), Creatinine (> 265 umol/L), Lactic acidosis.
Treatment: use quinine, chloroquine, sulfadoxine pyrimethamine, sulfalene pyrimethamine, mefloquine, and halofantrine against schizonts; use primaquine to eradicate gametocytes, possibly together with a heavy process of exchange transfusion (erythrocyte cytapheresis).
End Result: gastrointestinal malaria can resemble intestinal infections; cerebral malaria with hemorrhaging and necrosis in the brain; capillary stasis leads to different neurological disorders, depending on the locomotion and magnitude, for example: paralysis, epilepsy, meningoencephalitic pictures, coma, and death; cardiac collapse and myocardial damage with malaria; end results: renal immune complex glomerulonephritis, consumptive coagulopathy, thrombocytopenia, blackwater fever: intravascular hemolysis with the following hemoglobinuria, often with a fatal outcome (anuria, coma, acidosis).

Pschyrembel, Clinical Dictionary


205th Contact
Monday, February 3, 1986, 2:18 PM

Billy:
As usual, I have questions. One refers to the disease, atopic dermatitis, which attacks many people and about which, there was a show on television again. Not only are adults affected by this disease but especially children, for whom the constant itching is especially bad. Are you aware of this disease, and if so, is there an effective medicine against this disease? If so, may you provide some information about it?

Quetzal:
1. Yes, this disease is known to me.
2. But in our civilizations, this has no longer appeared for thousands of years, as well as other diseases and sufferings.
3. What is medically possible to be done on the Earth against this disease, which is very bad and also extremely painful for humans, I want to explain as an exception and on my own responsibility.
4. Above all, silver ion products – such as silver ion powder, silver ion jelly, or silver ion cream – are useful.
5. For this, an application is required on the skin.

Billy:
Thank you very much for your explanation. Perhaps medical science will take this up and through this, create effective medicines that really help. Then another question: you once said something in confidence with regard to above ground atomic bomb tests, as well as with regard to other atomic tests, namely in connection with people who have been abused in this regard and who will continue to be abused. May we now talk about this openly because the middle of the eighties has since passed, about which you said that until then, this may not be spoken of publicly?

Quetzal:
6. No more obstacles stand in the way of a public explanation.

Billy:
May I repeat it, then?

Quetzal:
7. Of course.

Billy:
Good. You explained that since the criminal launching of the atomic tests, people have been abused, without their knowledge, for nuclear tests. This was done in America as well as in the Soviet Union. Entire villages and smaller towns were contaminated with atomic particles and, of course, also the people who lived there. Moreover, certain desert areas and land areas were contaminated, by what means animals as well as people were infected by atomic radiation, by which countless ones died and descendants were born with mutations. However, not only were living humans and animals abused for the radiation effects of the atomic attempts but also the deceased, both adults and children alike. Partly, the entire bodies of the deceased were abused for such purposes, as well as body parts, organs, bones, and the blood. And all this without the surviving relatives knowing anything about this or giving any consent to it. That was your explanation, right?

Quetzal:
8. That is correct.
9. But these actions have not yet found an end because this continues to operate secretly, namely in America and in the Soviet Union, as well as in England and Sweden, etc.
10. At the same time, this isn’t just about the testing of atomic radiation, which is released by above ground atomic bomb tests and which is abused in the form of human experiments, as was mentioned by you, but rather atomic particles and radiations, in a similar reprehensible form, were and are abused in medical testing on people, both on the living as well as on the deceased.

Billy:
So everything not only relates to military and secret service machinations but also to medical and economic research. Thus, the whole thing becomes even worse. What will further come? Will everything continue in the same style, or are there actually positive, progressive facts to be mentioned?

Quetzal:
11. Unfortunately, the entire evil will continue because the lust for power of many people is limitless, especially when they become governing and ruling.
12. Even worse things will still appear because many people won’t become more rational in their thoughts and feelings as well as in their ideas, plans, and desires and in their actions, but rather they will degenerate and will cause much harm, also with respect to genetic engineering, which will be abused by the insane and irresponsible ones, but this does not mean that the research relating to this won’t also bring many benefits for nature and people as well as for wildlife.
13. This cannot be excluded but is a natural consequence of the development.
14. Just like with anything else, there will be dark, crazy, and irresponsible elements involved in this, who will abuse everything for evil, greedy, avaricious, and sectarian purposes, but we’ve spoken well enough about this at other times.
15. In addition to the actual genetic engineering, as it is known to be operated, there will still arise other, very progressive, and positive things, such as stem cell technology, which will achieve great progress around the mid nineties and will lead to much success after the turn of the millennium, by what means in the course of time, many sorrows of the Earth people can be removed.

Billy:
But of course, it will be like what will also be the case with genetic engineering, that many unreasonable ones, cowards, and negative bawlers will emerge, who will scream bloody murder and who won’t want to understand anything of the whole ordeal and who will want to hinder progress by force, as this will then also occur with genetic engineering when their things and progress reach the public.

Quetzal:
16. As you once said to me:
17. The stupid and unreasonable ones never die out.

Billy:
Right, so I said. Then now, I have a question that doesn’t concern itself with such things but that is related to Buddha. Siddhattha Gotama, “Buddha,” is always represented as very obese, but to my knowledge, he wasn’t so corpulent at all. Do you have some knowledge concerning this?

Quetzal:
18. Siddhattha Gotama was a man of normal stature, with a height of 170 centimeters and a weight of 67 kilograms.
19. All statues or visual representations concerning his figure and entire body are based on distortions, as this is also the case with regard to various interests of his teachings, which were not only misunderstood by his students, etc. but which consequently became misinterpreted and widespread.
20. This also applies to legends woven around him, which were invented by his followers to make more of him than he really was, namely a simple yet educated person, but who was not very informed of and not well educated in the real spiritual interests and in the spiritual creative laws and their relationships and their workings and who even misunderstood many of the facts of the teachings and also wrongly taught these as a result.
21. But that, my friend, must again be enough for today, for your health appearance isn't the best.
22. You need rest.
23. Until we meet again.

Billy:
Bye. All the best.



206th Contact

Friday, March 7, 1986, 11:04 AM

Quetzal:
1. You seem to have something that is of importance, that you have called me.

Billy:
Exactly. Here, I received this letter from Franz Joseph Strauss, the Prime Minister of Bavaria in Germany, who is also a chairman of the party Christian Socialist Union. You can read it. He asks whether I can give him exact predictions for the next 20 years, namely in relation to the development of the economy and in regards to the anarchism and terror of certain extremist groups, etc. Also, he asks me whether I can calculate for him how long he can still administer his office and what his life expectancy is. He thinks that I could probably give him information because he would bear the truth with certainty. And since you told me that the world economy, German politics, and Franz Joseph Strauss, along with the study of extremist groups, were of special interest to you and that you would thoroughly deal with these things, it would probably be right if, because of this letter, I asked you for advice on what I should do.

Quetzal:
2. First, let me read the whole letter.

Billy:
Of course, sorry.

Quetzal:
3. … The words that are written here are good, and because I am able to judge Franz Joseph Strauss very well as a result of my investigations and observations, I think it is very well appropriate if you give him exhaustive information, but I must still explain some concerns to you.
4. However, you should make sure to comply with his desire, not to speak publicly of his concerns during his lifetime and, thus, not to speak about his letter, but only within the dedicated circle.

Billy:
He writes that I am to destroy his letter.

Quetzal:
5. You should give attention to his confidence in you.

Billy:
I didn’t have anything else in mind. I’ll burn his letter immediately, as well as a possible response.

Quetzal:
6. He will certainly thank you for your explanations because that is his type.

Billy:
Thus, I will write to him. How long his lifetime will be, however, I do not know, also not whether he would bear such information.

Quetzal:
7. The man is like a primitive man, one who thinks realistically and is “hard in the taking” [tough], as you always say.

Billy:
You probably mean that he is quaint, so earthy, straightforward, and simple, etc.

Quetzal:
8. That is correct.
9. Then the meaning of my words is that he is quaint.
10. Concerning his impending lifespan, I can enlighten you, so you can inform him of it.
11. My prediction relating to this has clearly shown that he only has about 32 months to go, before he will pass from life into death.
12. The date of his death will be the 3rd of October, 1988.

Billy:
So he will be 73 years old. His demise, what will be the reason for it? Not an assassination attempt or something?

Quetzal:
13. No, the reason will be heart failure and circulatory failure.

Billy:
So, then tell me what I should write to him, everything except what I already know. Also, you can tell me the answer to the question that Hans Benz gave to me, regarding the economic situation for the next few years, until around the turn of the millennium. In particular, he is interested in the company Sulzer and other large scale enterprises in Switzerland.

Quetzal:
14. Actually, I shouldn't explain anything about that, but since it concerns a problem that will get out of control within a short time and that also lies in the interest of the Swiss population, I still want to share some facts with you in an official form.
15. In the coming times, much harm will result for the Swiss economy, namely by the effects of profiteering and the consequent mismanagement of irresponsible administrators, presidents, directors, owners, and managers, who strive for millions of sums for their income and who will unscrupulously and irresponsibly ruin, exploit, and destroy all kinds of newer and old established companies, i.e. enterprises.
16. Thus, as you always say, all sorts of businesses, with dozens or even hundreds and thousands of employees and workers, will be sold off, dissolved, driven into bankruptcy, or merged with other companies.
17. Incredible loans will be granted by the banks to the businesses, etc., whereby the companies will get into debt, namely in millions and billions of amounts, loans that can never be repaid and that ultimately lead to bankruptcy.
18. Thus, irresponsible management and profiteering, as well as the related mismanagement, will lead to the impoverishment of the private sector, but this won’t only be so for Switzerland but also for Germany and all other industrialized nations of the world.
19. And with respect to the specific question of Hans Benz, which is related to the company Sulzer, I must say that even this will disintegrate more and more in a few years and will lose its old value and character as well as reputation.
20. It will be very bad with the Swiss national pride, namely in the year 2001, when the Swissair will be entered by irresponsible managers and administrators, etc., by mismanagement, megalomania, inflated salaries and severance amounts for outgoing leaders, as well as just as excessive salaries for personnel and pilots, etc. and by megalomaniac business connections and business interests, which are reflected in an economic criminal form, as one would actually have to say, although the necessary capital will be missing for this.
21. But unfortunately, it will be such that those who are responsible won’t be held accountable when everything has gone so far; rather, others who are innocent will be held financially responsible for this.
22. Falsely, also much guilt will be awarded for an event that will occur on the 11th of September, 2001 in America, when fundamentalist, radical extremists, who hate Americans, will murder thousands of people in an act of terrorism, about which I may not mention the closer details officially but rather only tell you confidentially.
23. It…

Billy:
Wait, please. Can't one prevent these things if I announced them?

Quetzal:
24. You know that this isn’t possible because my explanation doesn't concern a prophecy but a prediction, which resulted from a look into the future.
25. Therefore, it is irrevocable.
26. And if you would mention the exact details publicly, then the result would only be much worse, namely that the Third World War would be triggered.
27. Nevertheless, this danger will still exist because America will take revenge for the inhuman act of terrorism and will request the NATO countries to provide assistance in this act of vengeance.
28. The great bawler for this will, through inconsistencies, be appointed the new president of the USA only a few months earlier, a man by the name of Bush, whose father will have already been a U.S. president.
29. This man is absolutely inhumane in his thinking and feeling for his fellow man and a matchless advocate for the death penalty and capital punishment.
30. In this form, he will sign many death sentences during his proceeding governorship and, along with this, allow many innocent people to be executed.
31. His humaneness always only refers to his own person and, on a smaller scale, also to his closest family members.
32. Furthermore, he is currently just as power hungry as he will also be later.
33. When things happen where he cannot immediately find the right way, he immediately loses control of himself and his actions, which will also be the case when the terrorist attack has occurred.
34. He is a man of unpredictability and has an unusually strong tendency toward hatred and revenge, which, just through the terrorist attack, will bring into the spotlight the danger of the Third World War, which can only be prevented by the reason of the American people and the rest of the world, which is doubtful yet not to be ruled out, despite everything.

Billy:
May one at least openly ask and say, whose power and plan will devise and carry out the act of terrorism?

Quetzal:
35. Among others, it will be a man from Saudi Arabia, who will stay at that time in Afghanistan under the protection of the so called Taliban, who will hold a form of murderous and terrorist power in themselves.
36. They will be fundamentalist and extreme Islamic fanatics, by whom a lot of people will be sentenced to death by Taliban courts – including women and children.
37. No other group will be found as their equal at that time on the Earth.

Billy:
However, you still didn’t say the name of the Saudi who, according to your words, will be the real person responsible.

Quetzal:
38. As I said, he comes from Saudi Arabia.
39. As a more than hundredfold millionaire, he will construct a worldwide terrorist organization of fanatical Islamic believers and run the world through these deadly acts of terrorism.
40. His name is Osama bin Laden.

Billy:
The guy is unknown to me. I’ve never heard of him.

Quetzal:
41. That will soon change because the name will become world renowned in the nineties at the latest.

Billy:
Dubious honor for the guy. But tell me, how does it actually stand with the religions? You once said that Islam and Buddhism would be on the rise worldwide.

Quetzal:
42. That is correct.
43. The next world religions that will win the upper hand worldwide, beyond the numerously existing sects of all kinds that are becoming more prominent, are Buddhism and Islam, whereby particularly Christians will indulge in and fall victim to such beliefs.
44. This is now already based on the fact that these foreign faiths fascinate and, on the other hand, seem to be more logical than belief in an incarnate Son of God.
45. This, even though the other religions also exhibit many illogical facts, through which the people would have to recognize that even these are nothing but pure fabrications of humans.
46. But where intellect and rationality as well as the will for independence, truth, and responsibility are missing, no cognition can be gained.
47. With regard to your question, Islamic fundamentalism will increase more and more, which will often degenerate into hatred, desire for revenge, racial and religious hatred, and terrorism.
48. But this may never be interpreted by the other religions and their believers as true Islam because fanatical fundamentalism, which also occurs in certain respects with other religions and sects of all kinds, has nothing to do with the actual religion and, thus, also nothing to do with its believers.
49. In truth, fundamentalism is as much a stranger to a religion as also fanaticism and extremism.
50. These forms are rejected by Islam, as well as by the upright Muslim believers, as this is also the case with the upright believers of other religions.
51. But this is also well known to you because during your learning in all the years of your travels, you also concerned yourself with Islam, became a Muslim, and even received the title of sheikh, so prince.

 

 

Billy:
I did. Yes. That’s right. But I discarded all the adopted religions again. For me, they were always only a means for learning.

Quetzal:
52. That is correct and known to me.
53. But now, we should turn our attention to those concerns that I still have to explain to you in confidence, so that you can tell them to Franz Joseph Strauss.

Billy:
Alright. Then go ahead.

[The rest of the conversation was not released for public viewing.]




207th Contact

Monday, March 17, 1986, 9:11 AM
 
Billy:
Today, I first have a question about your space time configuration, which is practically another dimension, but which is parallel to ours and, therefore, is materially the same. Our universe is called the DERN universe; what about with our dimension and your dimension, what do you call these?

Quetzal:
1. We denote your dimension with the term Goran, while we call ours Siras.
 
Billy:
Aha, and these two dimensions, i.e. these two different space time configurations, are materially identical in their construction and existence?
 
Quetzal:
2. That is correct.
 
Billy:
And as it stands with the Destroyer, then, it would also have to consist of matter, as this is also existent in our space time configuration, right?
 
Quetzal:
3. That, too, is correct.
 
Billy:
Good. Then another question with regard to Earth’s moon. For some time, scientists have maintained that the Earth’s moon had its origin in or on the Earth. There is the theory that it had been ejected as an entire block of earth, while another theory purports that huge dust clouds as well as smaller and larger chunks of rock and earth were thrown from the Earth by the impact of a massive comet or another planet. The comet or planet involved should have been about as large as the planet Mars, etc. The ejected material should have collected in the course of time and should have developed into the Moon. But in contrast, you explained that the Earth’s moon penetrated from your space time configuration into ours and then into the SOL system, in which it was then captured by the Earth as a satellite.
 
Quetzal:
4. The assumptions of the terrestrial scientists do not correspond to the truth because the origin of the Earth’s moon does not trace back to the Earth and, thus, not to a collision or such with a Mars sized comet or planet.
5. The Moon found its way out of our space time configuration at an early time and penetrated into yours, after which it was held by the Earth by its attractive force and orbits around the planet since that time, deviating more and more from the Earth, and it still influences the Earth’s rotation today as it did at the very beginning and, thus, creates a braking effect.
 
Billy:
You’ve already explained this to me before. But how is it with the matter of the Moon? Of what kind is it?
 
Quetzal:
6. It is, at least in certain parts, the same as the matter of the Earth, but other forms of matter also appear.
7. Also the isotopic compositions, with respect to oxygen, etc., are largely similar and sometimes even identical with those of earthly matter.
8. Unfortunately, this fact will one day lead to the scientific false diagnosis that the Earth’s moon was formed from ejected matter of the Earth.
 
Billy:
Then quite frankly, to them, one will barely be able to set the truth as a counterargument, for the earthly scientists are sufficiently and only too well known for their bigotry.

Quetzal:
9. That will probably be so, when the time comes that matter comparisons, etc. can find their use.

Billy:
Do you know when that will be?
 
Quetzal:
10. No, in this respect, I can only make an estimate according to the earthly technical development.
11. This brings me to about 15 to 20 years before the earthly isotope geology will have progressed so far with its technical measuring capabilities that respectable and accurate results can be achieved.

Billy:
Then it will be so after the turn of the millennium.
 
Quetzal:
12. So I suppose.
 
Billy:
Another question: Semjase once told me that the Americans desperately strive to undermine the German language, in order to destroy it, make it disappear, and eradicate it. This should be the case since the Second World War. Can you tell me something about this?
 
Quetzal:
13. With what Semjase explained to you, it concerns a fact that actually also traces back to the Second World War.
14. Already during the war, it was decided for all American forms of politics to undermine the German language by all possible means and make it disappear, as you say, in order to smooth the way for the worldwide dissemination of the American language, a modification of the original English language.
15. This is done by the entire American economy, as well as by the military, the secret services and the sects, the actual government policy, and through all other things that generate an influence in any form and through which the German language can be subverted.
16. The American secret resolution is that the German language is supposed to be replaced by the American, namely in a worldwide form, as I already explained.
17. The American language should, slowly but surely, become the world language, which should replace all other languages, so not just the German.
18. This is also a reason why Americans, once they have found entrance into a country in some form, no longer let themselves be driven out but, as far as possible, stay in it for all times.
19. This is also connected with the American plans for world domination, from which increasingly follows their nature of playing world police, from which arise many hotbeds of war.
20. What is still to be said on top of that, I mean in reference to the undermining of the German language by the Americans, is that the American language and the actual English language are extremely deficient and poor in expression, as well as incapable of being expanded upon and limited.
21. This is in complete contrast to the German language, which finds no equal in its mightiness and possibility of expression, not in any place or in any other language on Earth.
22. The German language is a continuation of the old Lyran language, and it is practically the only language on Earth that can be endlessly developed and expanded upon in an absolutely understandable form, this being in the form of the possible combination of words and terms or in the new creation of words and terms, etc.
23. A fact that is not possible with the American language or with the actual English language or with any other language, as it is with the German language, which must be designated as the world’s best language.

Billy:
That is a word. There probably isn’t any more to be said in addition.
 
Quetzal:
24. Nevertheless, a word is still necessary, namely that all German speaking people should be mindful not to let their precious language be undermined by the English and American languages.
25. Thus, all American and English words and terms should, if possible, be discarded from usage, namely in the everyday use of the language as well as in the schools, in politics and economics, in the media, and wherever English or American words and terms, etc. appear.
26. This should be the duty of every person who speaks the German language because this is, indeed and without a doubt, the most valuable language on Earth.
27. Anyone who doesn’t respond to such extends his hand to the Americans for the criminal act of the undermining and eradication of the valuable German language.
 
Billy:
With that, everything should probably be clearly explained. Then another question: In the New Testament of the Christian religion, there is talk in the Sermon on the Mount that Jmmanuel should have fed 5,000 people, namely through the increase of fish and bread. To my knowledge, that is not true because in this connection, the memory banks only speak of just 250 people who participated in the so called Sermon on the Mount. Also, these weren’t just men, as it is said in the New Testament, like among other things in John chapter 6 and verse 10; rather, they were mostly women and children who followed Jmmanuel up the mountain, whereby the mountain was truly more of a hill. Thus, the five barley loaves and two fish, which Jmmanuel increased by his powers of consciousness, weren’t provided for 5,000 men but rather only for 250 people, i.e. women and children, among whom there were only 40 men. Now, my question is this: when was the falsification made in relation to the alleged 5,000 people?

Quetzal:
28. That happened through John, as well as through the other disciples.
 
Billy:
So it was still in Jmmanuel’s lifetime.
 
Quetzal:
29. Yes, he lived at that time when the falsifications were made, already in India, where he also married and fathered several children with his wife.
30. The falsifications originated from exaggerations.

*Translator's Insert:
In the evening his disciples came to him and said, "This area is deserted and night is falling over the land. Tell the people to go away so that they can buy food and drink in the villages." But Jmmanuel said, "It is not necessary that they go away. Give them food and drink." They replied, "We have nothing here but five loaves of bread and three fish. And he said, "Bring them to me." And telling the people to stay put, he took the five loaves of bread and the three fish, spoke secret words, broke the loaves of bread, cut up the fish and gave them to his disciples; and the disciples gave them to the people. They all ate and were filled, and they saved what was left over, twelve baskets full of pieces. And there were about five thousand who had eaten.
Talmud Jmmanuel, Chapter 16, Verses 20 26
*End of Insert

Billy:
Then one more question. Initially, it was only Judas Ischarioth who could read and write. But to my knowledge, he also instructed all the other disciples in this art, which wasn’t very popular at that time.

Quetzal:
31. That is correct.
32. Besides Judas Ischarioth, all the other disciples were illiterates, who learned partially how to read in a short time by Judas, but not how to write.
33. But now, it is again time, my friend, that I leave you and return to pursue my other duties.
34. Until we meet again.
 
Billy:
Bye then. Until we meet again.


208th Contact

Tuesday, April 8, 1986, 5:27 AM

Billy:
On the Great Journey, I spoke with Ptaah about the fact that the earthly scientists still haven’t figured out what actually causes fear in people, i.e. where the actual origin is to be sought for this. Unfortunately, this conversation was not kept and, thus, was not recorded. Can you, perhaps, mention again the three most important factors, through which fear can arise in its origin?

Quetzal:
1. On the one hand, fear can be genetically conditioned, but on the other hand, it can also be caused by a wrong upbringing, as well as by ignorance and misconceptions.

Billy:
So also by imagination and fantasy?

Quetzal:
2. That is correct.

Billy:
As Ptaah explained to me, fear – if it is not corrected and if it arises in the form of ignorance, misconceptions, imagination, and fantasy – may have effects on the genes and, consequently, program these over time, by what means fear then appears via the genes and becomes inheritable, as this is also the case with many other things, from which some degenerations and also evolutionary values can emerge. A fact, as Ptaah explained, that is still unknown to the earthly scientists, however, and that will only be recognized in the future, which shouldn’t be too far off any more.

Quetzal:
3. That, too, is correct.

Billy:
Then a question about aggression. Ptaah told me that the so called neurotransmitter, serotonin, restrains aggression. The greater the amount of serotonin in the brain of a person is, the less aggressive the person would be; did I understood this correctly?

Quetzal:
4. What you said is correct.

Billy:
Nice. Recently, you said that scientists were working, at full speed all around the Earth, on decoding the DNA of different animals and humans.

Quetzal:
5. I spoke of that, yes.
6. Experiments and researches of this kind have already run in various laboratories of many earthly countries for many years, whereby also some successes were achieved.
7. However, the coming time will very quickly bring more successes in this connection, whereby it will probably be around the turn of the millennium that the entire Earth human DNA will be decoded.
8. But already years prior to this, the relevant progresses and successes will lead to this and be constantly developed and refined, such that through this, the awareness of crimes will increase in a rising measure.

Billy:
DNA, genetic engineering, and everything connected therewith will inevitably lead in the coming time to enormous changes and progresses in a variety of scientific and technological fields. Medical science will benefit from this tremendously, as well as the biological and technical sciences. So you said.

Quetzal:
9. You remember correctly.
10. The aforesaid is correct.

Billy:
For my part, Sfath taught me that there are various forms of human intelligence and, thus, not just one type. Thus, he explained that there is an emotional intelligence, a thought feeling intelligence, and a creative intelligence, along with a musical intelligence, an intellectual intelligence, an individual intelligence, and a general intelligence. Further, he also mentioned idea intelligence, fantasy intelligence, and character intelligence, as well as consciousness intelligence, but these are not all of the manifestations. All forms of intelligence taken together, namely in their full value, result in the actual intelligence quotient. The higher the quotient is, the more intense and the higher the speed of thought is, with the maximum speed of thought being the speed of light. And the higher the person’s speed of thought and combination is, the higher his intelligence should be. This all seems clear and also logical to me, in complete contrast to the so called IQ tests, which are made by pompous earthly psychologists, etc. As to the question, what is to be made of these tests?

Quetzal:
11. The use of these intelligence quotient tests among the earthly psychology practitioners is well known to me.
12. Unfortunately, I must describe these tests as extremely deficient and as just as wrong as the psychology that is applied by the psychologists, which, for the most part, does not truly correspond to such but rather only to illusions and false diagnoses, by which entirely wrong analyses and attestations are very often made.

Billy:
Which very often leads to the fact that, for example, rapists and murderers, etc. are released from penal institutions or insane asylums as being cured and are released upon humanity again, after which they then commit similar new and often even worse crimes.

Quetzal:
13. Unfortunately, that is a word of truth, which also proves the actual inability of those who presumptuously call themselves psychologists and who are of the crazy belief that they, with their underdeveloped knowledge of psychology, would stand above others and would be able to judge these psychologically.

Billy:
A harsh word.

Quetzal:
14. But it corresponds to the truth.

Billy:
I think that you, as a doctor and scholar of psychology, are able to judge very well.

Quetzal:
15. That is correct.

Billy:
Of course. Your explanations are consistent with those of Sfath and Ptaah, who also spoke so well as you. Sfath was, among other things, a physician and, thus, an excellent doctor and scholar of psychology, as well as Ptaah – his son, that is. Through Sfath’s outstanding medical knowledge, I was preserved from death by him at the age of six months. Also, his knowledge of psychology was always extremely valuable and useful for me.

Quetzal:
16. That is known to me.

Billy:
Do you still have time to answer one more question for me, if you can answer it at all?

Quetzal:
17. A few minutes still remain for me, before I have to resume my duties which are laid on me.

Billy:
Jacobus asked me about original Switzerland, i.e. about when people operated agriculturally in Switzerland for the first time. He was actively trained in agriculture and is just interested in it. He supposes that the lake dwellers already worked in agriculture or horticulture in some form. Do you have any knowledge of this? Ptaah told me that you occupy yourself with the original history of Switzerland and Europe.

Quetzal:
18. Ptaah’s statement corresponds to the truth.
19. Jacobus' supposition is false, however, because these were not lake dwellers who first engaged in agriculture and horticulture in Switzerland and in other parts of Europe, but these were northern and northeastern immigrants, who appeared about 11,000 years ago and who cultivated the country over several millenniums, lived in so called long houses, together with cattle and dogs, etc., but who still engaged in hunting.
20. But now, my friend, it is that time for me.
21. Until we meet again.

Billy:
Bye.


209th Contact

Saturday, May 31, 1986, 11:51 PM

Billy:
You’ve no longer been here for nearly two months, my friend.

Quetzal:
1. That is correct.
2. My duties kept me away from the Earth.

Billy:
I understand. I was asked a question that I could not answer extensively, namely with regard to the early societies of Earth humanity. As Sfath taught me, the eating of humans took place in various groups, so cannibalism.

Quetzal:
3. That was, indeed, the case, and even in medieval times, people were still sporadically killed and eaten.
4. In earlier times, however, long before medieval times, cannibalism occurred among the Earth people very often, whereby the killing of those who were to be consumed happened for a variety of reasons.
5. Enemies and prisoners were killed for this purpose.
6. However, it also arose from starvation, violation of territory, and rivalry, etc.
7. This was a common practice among all peoples worldwide, even among the Stone Age people and cave dwellers, etc.

Billy:
Those were really pleasant times.

Quetzal:
8. I don’t think so.

Billy:
With my words, I don’t mean that those times and events were actually pleasant but just horrible and cruel. Here, one says that something was horrible and cruel in the way that it was “really pleasant,” with which the exact opposite is meant.

Quetzal:
9. A strange expression.

Billy:
That may be. But this is just earthly logic.

Quetzal:
10. It probably has nothing to do with that.

Billy:
Of course not. You’re just a little slow on the uptake today. But tell me about what happens on Jupiter with the polar lights at the North and South Pole, which I saw on the great journey when we circled around the planet. Why are they so nicely round there, while the polar lights of the Earth exhibit somewhat different shapes and aren’t always round?

Quetzal:
11. The moons of Jupiter play a very important role for this phenomenon, but they are not solely responsible for this.
12. In addition, Jupiter’s polar lights aren’t always uniformly round.
13. The effects of the Sun are also to be mentioned, which play a certain role in connection with the polar lights.

Billy:
Good, that’s enough for me. I don’t want to know any more, for then, one cannot interrogate me.

Quetzal:
14. You also should never allow that, for a lot will first become ripe for saying when the right time comes for it.

Billy:
Also clear. But what do you think about suicide? I think that suicide is without dignity in every form. Even if a person is fatally ill and full of pain, I think that suicide is never justified and is always undignified in every case. Dignity is only to be spoken of when suffering and pain are endured and the best and highest qualities are learned from this. But suicide, in every form, is and remains an escape from and out of life and from one’s own responsibility toward his life’s duty and his life’s meaning. However, suicide is also an escape from one’s own evolution as well as an irresponsible breaking away from one’s obligation to exhaust life fully, bear everything with dignity, and endure that which life brings. Suicide, in each and every relation, is a free escape from each and every duty and responsibility towards oneself and towards those who remain, as well as from the evolutionary duties that are to be fulfilled up to the last day of life. And with suicide, in a strict sense, I also associate euthanasia and medically assisted suicide in a direct or indirect form. Suicide remains an ignoble and unforgivable suicide, and anyone who provides assistance to suicide makes himself guilty of murder. That’s how I see it, in accordance with the creative laws.

Quetzal:
15. Your remarks correspond to the truth, so there is probably nothing else to be explained further.

Billy:
Also good. – One has asked me about why the Americans actually intervene in matters all over the world, which don’t concern them at all. Do you know the reason for this?

Quetzal:
16. Certainly.
17. The Americans have already been striving for some time to Americanize the whole world.
18. The origins of this lie in the First and Second World War, when power hungry nations in Europe fell into devastating wars.
19. The leaders in America at that time saw an opportunity in the behavior of the power hungry to spread themselves worldwide in their own way, but in a way that was not the same as the world wars, yet still very effective and in an alleged form of providing assistance or fighting the enemy.
20. More and more, the Americans take on the role of world policemen out of their own grace, without any resistance from the rest of the world, and they heedlessly intervene in foreign quarrels and in other things that don’t concern them.
21. The majority of the world will remain silent about this and will even join themselves in the opinion and conduct of the Americans, but not in the least because dependency and fear exist.
22. All of this will still intensify in the coming time because no real opposition exists.

Billy:
But what reasons are behind this, then?

Quetzal:
23. As I already explained to you before, the resources of different countries play a very large role, which the Americans want to bring under their control and under their use, which will be confirmed more and more in the coming time, against which the world, as a result of its dependence on America and its fear of America, takes cover in silence and doesn’t notice the fact that America, as it has already been doing, slowly but surely Americanizes the whole world, namely with regard to the entire weapons technology as well as with regard to computer technology, which is progressing in leaps and bounds, and various other things.

Billy:
Somehow, it has always seemed to me as if those irresponsible persons in America – who constantly cry for war, the death penalty, murder, manslaughter, and terror – see themselves as supermen but see all other people of other nations, races, and religions as subhuman creatures and as dog people and scum. But this is probably also true of all other irresponsible persons of all other countries on Earth. Only, I would like to say that it is probably nowhere as pronounced as in America, as well as in Israel, China, and in certain Arabic countries. But in this regard, I in no way speak of all the people of the respective countries but actually only of those irresponsible riff raffs, who advocate or exercise war, terror, murder, and manslaughter, as well as capital punishment, racism, acts of hate, and the like. Of course, in this respect, there can be no talk of those who are peaceful and upright, who advocate love, peace, and freedom in more dignified, humane, and life respecting forms and who live, think, feel, and act in accordance with this. This must be said, for the wrong impression should not and should never be made that I would basically speak against all people of all countries, concerning their irresponsibility, vindictiveness, addiction to retaliation, and concerning their cries for war, terror, murder, manslaughter, and death; rather, this simply and solely concerns all the criminally irresponsible ones and the human despising as well as life despising creatures, which don’t deserve the name of “person” – due to their inhumane and degrading behavior, thinking, feeling, and acting – but which must be designated as scum and beasts in human form.

Quetzal:
24. Your words sound very bitter, but they are exactly correct.
25. But now, my friend, I still have a few more interests to discuss with you, which relate to events that will arise in your family, so also your parents and siblings.
26. Also, concerning the group members, I just have a few things to explain, like also _____.

Billy:
Ok. Then go ahead.

[The rest of the conversation was not released for public viewing.]



210th Contact
Wednesday, June 11, 1986, 10:17 AM

Quetzal:
1. Today, I can answer your question about the evangelist Luke, as I have thoroughly informed myself about this using our efforts of science.
2. Luke was actually born in the country of Syria, according to today's calendar on Tuesday, September 4th, A.D. 64.
3. He passed away in the year A.D. 148, on Sunday, May 27th.
4. His place of death was Greece.
5. Nearly 200 years after his passing away, his corpse was transported to the former Byzantium, where it remained until the end of the 11th century, after which, through another shift to Italy, it then received its final resting place in a crypt in the Basilica of Santa Giustina in Padua.

Billy:
Thank you for your efforts. Luke was the author of the Gospel which bears the same name, as well as of the Acts of the Apostles, which, to my knowledge, he wrote during the period from A.D. 97 to 106, namely only according to hearsay and in accordance with his own interpretations, which naturally led to falsifications, etc.

Quetzal:
6. Your words correspond to what our scientists and all historians also explain.

Billy:
Of course. Sfath already spoke in this manner. – May I ask you a question about my great journey again, i.e. about Mars, which I was also allowed to visit?

Quetzal:
7. Of course you can do that.

Billy:
While visiting Mars, Ptaah explained to me that Mars had larger amounts of water led into its rivers, which are now partially filled in by dust and volcanic ash, than what was ever the case or what is still the case with the largest rivers on Earth. In addition, he talked about thousand fold more water than what is found in the largest rivers on Earth. That seems to be somewhat fantastic to me, which is why I think that I misheard or didn’t listen properly.

Quetzal:
8. You shouldn’t doubt your attention because you properly understood everything that Ptaah explained to you.
9. The information about the enormous quantities of water, which were led into the Martian rivers, corresponds to the facts, as well as the watercourses that are partially filled in by sand, dust, and volcanic ash, which are generally called "canals" on Earth, but which were truly enormous rivers that were dozens and even almost a hundred kilometers in diameter and that were thousands of kilometers in length.

Billy:
On Mars, there are always violently raging sandstorms which, as Ptaah explained, often cover the entire planet. There, it’s no wonder that enormous rivers of water, or even the canals, were partially covered with sand, dust, and volcanic ash. I was also allowed to witness a violent storm, which was actually a tremendous experience for me, even though I could only observe the whole thing in Semjase’s beamship and couldn’t go directly into the storm. Although, it wasn't such a huge experience as in the storm zone of the red eye on Jupiter. But just regarding this prevented sun, I have another question: you told me that the ring or the very thin ring system around Jupiter disappears; therefore, it can no longer be ascertained. There, I ask myself what you actually meant with that, namely whether you addressed the outer or the inner ring.

Quetzal:
10. I spoke of the outer and extremely fine ring.
11. The inner ring which is denser, in contrast to the outer one, is narrow and practically extends down to Jupiter’s atmosphere in a fine and visible vapor.
12. This ring remains and will also be ascertained in the coming time through the efforts of earthly astronomers and astrophysicists.

Billy:
Then those who are super clever will still have to vindicate me, whom they insulted as a liar and spinner in 1975 after my great journey, when I explained that I had seen a similar ring on Jupiter as the one on Saturn.

Quetzal:
13. For this vindication, however, you will still have to wait an even longer time.

Billy:
Also, regarding the Ischwischmata, the God’s Eye, i.e. the Ring Nebula, which was created by a crazy and wacky Ischwisch [King of Wisdom], one has insulted me and has even claimed that I stole a photo from the Swiss Astronomical Society and that I maintain that it comes from me. One does not want to take from me that I made the picture in space, when one cruised about with me in that star area. There are also similar structures, namely about 500, in our Milky Way. Also in the constellation Aquarius, such a thing exists, the so called planetary nebula NGC 7293, which is called the Helix Nebula. Moreover, I am accused of lying and spinning because I said that Neptune also exhibits a ring system and that Jupiter also has a great “spot” that is similar to the “Red Spot.” But there are many more things, for which I am attacked and insulted, including that which I reported after my great journey, which is that Uranus also has a ring system, and to be sure, a rather remarkable one. Another point of attack is my statement that the clouds of Venus, as a rule, are considerably higher than the clouds of Earth and that there are volcanoes on Venus that are several hundred kilometers in diameter, which also means that, accordingly, also lava flows that are several hundred kilometers long are to be found, but these are idle.

Quetzal:
14. Unfortunately, the Earth people are very much inclined to insult and slander new things, especially when they are not able to understand something and are not able to perceive it.

Billy:
Then to something else: Ptaah made a remark to me that there are not only black holes in space, which pull all matter and all light, etc. into themselves, but that there is also the opposite, that which pushes and hurls away everything that comes within its range by tremendous force. Can you tell me what you call this phenomenon and whether it appears frequently or only sporadically in the vast regions of space?

Quetzal:
15. With what Ptaah explained to you and with what you have addressed, it is all correct.
16. It concerns a closed space bulge, which is similar to a sphere, and it develops tremendous repulsive forces in itself, which act outwardly from the bulge and which reject and repel everything that lies within its range by unimaginable force.
17. The repulsive force vibrations reach out very far into free space, often over billions of kilometers away; although, their strength becomes lower.
18. This means that the repulsive force of the space bulge becomes correspondingly stronger.
19. The ratio can be estimated with a black hole because the same laws apply to such, but only in reverse form.

Billy:
So you call the whole thing “space bulge.”

Quetzal:
20. That is correct.
21. But now, my friend, it is time that we finish our conversation because you should not be overburdened, for your health is still not the best.
22. Therefore, live well and in peace.
23. I will visit you again at the given time.
24. Until we meet again.

Billy:
Until we meet again, and many thanks for your answers and efforts. Bye.



211th Contact
Monday, August 18, 1986, 3:01 AM

Billy:
Yesterday, we talked about the fact that the aid agencies, which operate their craft here on Earth, are actually profit gangster organizations because they only provide their so called assistance for a fee, whereby they put aside a large portion of the cash donations for their own machinations, such as for compensation, etc. What do you think of this – and do you also have aid agencies for people in need of assistance?

Quetzal:
1. Such aid agencies do exist with us, however, not in relation to our own people but rather in the context of the assistance that we provide for other peoples who belong to our federation, i.e. who are cared for by our federation, because they still live in lower levels of development and are not yet in a position to bring themselves to a state of their own assistance.

Billy:
Interesting, but this doesn’t contradict your directives, which state that you may not interfere in the affairs of foreign worlds and peoples, who aren’t yet developed far enough to be able to master spaceflight?

Quetzal:
2. Concerning the peoples, to whom we can provide assistance, on the one hand, it concerns those who are arranged into our federation for the purpose of protection, and on the other hand, the fact applies that they know very much about spaceflight technology and, thus, also about the existence of other civilizations on other planets, and they also stand in connection with these; however, they are not yet in a position to manage their own affairs in such a way that they would not have to suffer any need.

Billy:
Aha, now I understand. But how do you handle the matters around these aid agencies? Are profits also made there, and are relief goods, etc. set aside as compensation for giving assistance, as this is the case with the earthly aid agencies? By the way, I find this to be extremely infamous because I am of the view that assistance should never be handled in any way that involves repayment and profit. In my opinion, an aid agency should consist of people who should not provide assistance in order to be repaid but who should provide it voluntarily in their leisure time and, thus, without compensation.

Quetzal:
3. That is also correct.
4. What exists on the Earth in the so called aid agencies must honestly be described as profiteering and as deceiving the donors of the relief goods because – especially with respect to the monetary contributions, i.e. the cash donations – a large percentage is set aside for the machinations and the compensations of those members of the organization, who do not provide their assistance voluntarily but only for a respectable compensation.
5. All such activity is absolutely unacceptable with us because all our helpers of all aid agencies, which operate both privately as well as for the whole population, work free of charge and use their leisure time for this.
6. But on Earth, this is not the case because in truth, a large percentage of the donations, especially the cash donations, is set aside as a machination and for remuneration, which, in our view, represents an evil theft of the donated goods and against those in need of assistance.

Billy:
I think so, too. And when I think of the horrendous compensations of the bosses, etc. of the aid agencies, it makes me sick because of such immense nastiness.

Quetzal:
7. Assistance for fellow human beings, nature, and all its life forms – not just people are in need of assistance – should never be a profit business of any kind; rather, any assistance must be voluntary and of a gratuitous nature, no matter how materialistic a person or an entire humanity is.
8. But what is being done to the contrary by the earthly aid agencies is criminal and deceitful.

Billy:
Your word in the ear of the criminals and the fraudsters. To my knowledge, it is legally permitted that the so called aid agencies, which are, in truth, actually profit organizations, may collect about 40 percent of the donations as machinations and as compensations.

Quetzal:
9. As explained, that corresponds to criminal and deceitful actions because real assistance, in any case, can always only be done gratuitously and through leisure employment.
10. It is different in the case when a nation or State, through a national decision, makes State goods available for providing assistance and is responsible for the machinations and compensations, etc.

Billy:
Thank you. Then something else: Yesterday, there was a man here, who talked constantly, whereby we hardly got a chance to speak. He spoke very much, but in truth, he hardly stated anything. What do you think of such people, or what is your people’s teaching in this connection?

Quetzal:
11. There are people, both women and men alike, who are unusually happy to hear themselves speak, which is why they talk very long windedly if they state anything.
12. They talk very much because on the one hand, they are unable to control themselves, and on the other hand, because they appear to be greater than they really are.
13. Thus, they mistakenly believe that their long speeches would explain important things in detail; although, they are nothing more than empty burdens that get on the listeners’ nerves, as you tend to say.
14. Such people, whom we designate as pointless speakers, also believe themselves to be elevated people and – consciously or unconsciously – try to show off to others, whereby they also consider themselves as very intelligent, but this, in reality, actually speaks contrary to the intelligence that they possess.
15. Pointless speakers or extensive talkers, as we also call them, suffer from a peculiar inferiority syndrome, which they themselves do not recognize, and they try to make up for this, nevertheless, with their senseless, extensive talking, by what means they strain the nerves of their fellow human beings.

Billy:
And, does this occur with you frequently?

Quetzal:
16. No, because these issues were resolved and corrected with us very early on; consequently, they no longer appear.

Billy:
But here on Earth, one still encounters many people who are sick in this hospital.

Quetzal:
17. I don’t understand your words entirely?

Billy:
Here, it is said that someone is sick in a certain hospital if something isn’t right but is just wrong or morbid.

Quetzal:
18. Ah, I understand.

Billy:
Since we’re already at it, even if I get myself into trouble with the male world: throughout the time of my life, I’ve made the determination again and again that, generally speaking, the intelligence of the female gender is dominant to the male. I would like to describe the female achievements of intelligence as nearly extraordinary, when I combine everything in terms of the overall intelligence of Earth humanity, and particularly the male world. Of course, it should be noted that there are always great geniuses among men, while there is hardly any mention of this on the female side; however, I think that this must not obscure the fact that the truly great intelligence actually lies with the female gender, but this is suppressed and disparaged by the male world because it estimates itself to be better, greater, and more intelligent than it is in truth. This led me to the thought that the actual and true mass of intelligence must actually lie with the female gender, from where it becomes transferred to the male gender, wherewith I mean an inheritance, through which the intelligence of the mother becomes transferred to the child, so also to the male offspring. And since this has to be, the reason for the oppression of the woman, perhaps, lies with the man, as it is customary here on our Earth, in that the man, in his arrogance, cannot accept the fact that the female gender is now just once blessed with more intelligence. Perhaps it may be that through this, the male world has succumbed to a phobia and is just afraid of the fact that the female gender could take over the rule. But surely, there are still many other illogical reasons on the part of the male world for the oppression and unequal rights of women. Now, I don’t want to say with all this that the male world only consists of zeros and rivets, but I would like to bring into play that it would be very appropriate if men would muster up more tolerance, respect, and equality toward women, so that women can also expand their entitled freedom and develop in their appropriate framework. In fact, as I’ve realized, it is such that the female gender – in many aspects of life, humanity, and peacefulness, etc. – is remarkably more developed than the male gender; consequently, the women judge and approach many things more intelligently. Also, their logic seems to me to be more pronounced, as well as their sense of true freedom, love, and harmony. However, it is just these things that evidently do not fit into the clutter of the lords of Creation, which is why they continually try to disregard, oppress, and exploit women. But unfortunately, still many women lend a hand in this, for which the reasons are often inexplicable, especially when these women are unworthy of being female or unworthy of life, such as with prostitution or servitude to an evil man, etc. Unfortunately, there are also the emancipated women and the women women, i.e. the mistress women, who appear to be powerful and who set themselves above others and bring them under their rule, as the man does this with the woman. Therefore, the fact still remains, however, that the intelligence of the woman, even of both kinds of sexes, has its black sheep, which are of a completely different type, since even women become overburdening, despotic, attacking, and illogical, etc., as this also happens with men. There are degeneracies everywhere, but these don’t cancel out what I said with regard to the woman.

Quetzal:
19. What you explained is correct.

Billy:
I think so, too; that’s why I said it, yes. It is my effective opinion. Sometimes, I must confess that I am ashamed when I see how women let themselves be degraded or be humiliated by men, when I see how men treat women like dirt   they beat, prostitute, exploit, and rob them of their personal opinion and freedom   and when I see how the female gender must suffer almost entirely under the rule of the male world, unable to have equal rights and often being treated like a rag that has all the filth of the world in itself.

Quetzal:
20. You drive hard into the court, but I must ascribe correctness to your words.

Billy:
With you, this is fortunately not so, as it is the case here on the Earth. Anyhow, that’s what Semjase taught me. But what about with other peoples, I mean with other peoples of your federation, etc.?

Quetzal:
21. In our entire federation, there exist laws that prevent such, as it is common on the Earth.
22. Nevertheless, there are foreign civilizations and peoples on foreign worlds, who are not allied with us and who exhibit similar conditions of the mentioned form, as these are usual on Earth.
23. But now, dear friend, it is again the time that I turn to my duties.
24. In the future, I will no longer be able to come so often.
25. Farewell and until we meet again.

Billy:
Bye, my friend. Bye.




212th Contact
Thursday, November 6, 1986, 1:04 AM

Quetzal:
1. I concerned myself in detail around the clarification of your question regarding the authenticity of the Biblical books.
2. In this regard, I also asked our historians and worked through all the historical records that were placed at my disposal.
3. It became entirely perceptible that all the Biblical books were not written in a single case by those persons to whom they are ascribed.
4. So it is also incorrect that the Gospel of Luke and the Acts of the Apostles come from Luke, and furthermore, the book of Job was not written by this man himself.
5. Both books of the Bible are based on what was written down at a later time, as well as various books of the New Testament.
6. Moreover, the letters that are listed in the New Testament also weren’t written by those to whom they are assigned.
7. In truth, these were illiterates, who let their scribes write the letters, to whom they had to pay remunerations.
8. Thus, one who was dictating a letter also couldn’t control what the scribe wrote down, whereby it escaped the one dictating that very many things were falsified.
9. This also applies to the fantastic stories that surround Paul, who, in his consciousness confusion, saw himself as a martyr and, thus, also lived and worked accordingly, and following this, he then ultimately died by assassins, as this also happened with Moses, who made many enemies within his own ranks, who then robbed him of his life.

Billy:
So it actually isn’t like what I said on June 11th, when I thought that Luke was the writer of the Gospel of Luke and of the Acts of the Apostles. Yes, Sfath already said that Luke could neither write nor read, as this should have also been true of the others who are praised as Bible and New Testament writers. But what about the Gospel of Matthew, were you also able to clarify this?

Quetzal:
10. I was also able to do that, yes.
11. Matthew was just as ignorant of reading and writing as all the others, to whom the Gospels and the books of the Bible are attributed.
12. The Gospel of Matthew was dictated by Matthew to a scribe named Joshua, who interpreted the whole thing in his free discretion and wrote it down and, consequently, also falsified it.

Billy:
Does one know the reason, then, why all the books and letters are, nevertheless, attributed to the disciples and evangelists and prophets?

Quetzal:
13. It should be noted that out of Jmmanuel’s disciples, only Judas Ischarioth was actually acquainted with reading and writing, for he was – which no one knew and, therefore, which also wasn’t handed down – a scribe, who left his profession, however, and became a follower of Jmmanuel.
14. As a result of many years of investigations, which were also carried out by our scientists and historians through time travels, it is to be explained that already during the outset of the origin of Christianity, the disciples and evangelists were anxious to give the impression that they were experts of reading and writing and, thus, more highly educated than the common people.
15. This was because the simple persons among the people were of the erroneous view that those who were more highly educated than others would just know and understand more and, consequently, would also be enabled and authorized to teach the more unknowing and uneducated people.
16. An erroneous evil that has survived on the Earth to the current day among all nations of the Earth, which is also why the people of today's time are still of this misconception.
17. Through this – like at that time – the people are title believing and office believing, and they let themselves be suppressed, exploited, or just held down by those who have a rank and a reputation and who occupy an office.
18. So even today, it is in such a way as in the time of Jmmanuel and of the old prophets.
19. And precisely of these, it remains to be said that not one of them has written down his offered teachings or his history.
20. Indeed, this was done by others, even the scribes, who were instructed to do so.
21. The first Torah originated from this, but it was later destroyed up to the last letter by a major fire, and consequently, there were no more written records, and everything was just handed down by word of mouth over generations.
22. Needless to say, the consequence of this was that enormously many falsifications arose, until one day, twelve self proclaimed prophets, out of their own grace, gathered a large number of scribes around themselves and went out with these into an outlying area, where they lived for 40 days in austere form and, during this time, wrote down 240 books, from which then, over time, the new Torah emerged, from which then also the Bible of Christianity emerged, to which the New Testament was then simply added.

Billy:
But in addition, it must be said, so that no misunderstandings arise, that on the one hand, every one of the so called prophets told his scribe those things and stories in the way he had received them from the various sources. Also, it must be made clear that the so called books cannot be compared to today's books, which often contain several hundred pages. Most of the books of the self proclaimed prophets, their writing experts, and, thus, their scribes, only contained a few pages – apart from the books of Moses and some others. But of these books, the majority vanished again; consequently, today, to my knowledge, only 33 of these are available in the Bible. As I have learned: In the Old Testament Scriptures, one will first notice: Moses, Joshua and Judges, Ruth and two of Samuel, two of Kings, Chronicles, Ezra, Nehemiah, with Ester – these as history books. Then, as poetic books, there are: Job, Psalms, then the Proverbs, Ecclesiastes and Song of Solomon. – These are followed by the prophetic books: Isaiah, Jeremiah, Ezekiel, Daniel, then Hosea, Joel, Amos, Obadiah, Jonah, Micah, followed by Nahum, Habakkuk, Zephaniah, along with Haggai, Zechariah and finally Malachi.

Quetzal:
23. And you can still enumerate all this from your memory?

Billy:
What’s learned is learned. But slowly, my memory becomes overstocked with debris. But for the time being, it still works. So I still know the books of the New Testament. These go in such a way, so the history books: In the New, there stands Matthew, Mark, Luke and John, together with the Acts of the Apostles. – The letters are listed as follows: Then the Romans, two Corinthians, Galatians and Ephesians, Philippians and Colossians, both Thessalonians, Timothy and Titus, Philemon, two of Peter, three of John, Hebrews, James, and the letter of Jude. – Then comes the prophetic book: finally, Revelation closes the whole Bible. Person, use what you read to the blessing, not to the curse.

Quetzal:
24. Truly remarkable.

Billy:
What I particularly like about it is the conclusion. If only people would maintain their thoughts and feelings in this manner and then act accordingly. But for the majority of humanity, this seems to be a hurdle that will still need thousands of years to be mastered.

Quetzal:
25. Unfortunately, a true word.
26. And when I think of the coming terrible events of the future, then your words contain a very sad truth.
27. The people of the Earth will still cry out in the coming years, when the two B. (note: Bush), as father and son, take over the presidency in America, as I’ve told you.
28. Both of them will be inhuman warmongers and will cause contempt for human life and evil acts of war to be spread into the wide world, in their self glorification and vindictiveness and in their lust for power, thereby stirring up terrorism throughout the world, but they will also exert themselves under the guise of peacemaking.
29. In truth, they will indulge themselves in a form of terrorism, like Earth humanity has never seen or experienced before.
30. Their terrorism will encounter foreign countries in a war like manner and will demand many thousands of human lives.
31. But revenge for this won’t be missing, for in evil acts of terrorism, they will be encountered by foreign extremist powers in their own country, by what means also thousands will lose their lives, particularly through an act of evil, when the Americans, in their great pride, are encountered by aircraft that are reutilized as destructive and thousand fold deadly weapons.

Billy:
You mean, what will happen with respect to the WTC, as you told me in confidence, an event that will arrive in about 15 years; do you mean that?

Quetzal:
32. That is correct.
33. About that, you should release no information.

Billy:
I also won’t. But you also said that the ruler of Israel will act in the same manner at that time, but also the Palestinians. What is the name of the guy again, who will have the helm in hand at that time in Israel; didn’t you mention the name Sharon or so?

Quetzal:
34. That is correct – his name will be Sharon.
35. He is a man who is now already a talking point and who will arrange extremely much suffering, grief, hatred, destruction, and misery of all kinds, in regards to the spreading of murder and death and regarding Palestinian, Arabic, and Islamic hatred.
36. His route will be destruction and death, as this will also be the case with the two B.’s in the USA.
37. He will cause very much destruction, and his murderous orders and commands will demand a lot of human lives, whereby targeted murders of particular well known enemies of Israel will also belong to the agenda, as well as the rising hatred and terrorism of the Palestinians and the extreme Arabic and Islamic groups, whereby all Arabs and Muslims will be falsely condemned around the world as extremists, fundamentalists, and terrorists by many false thinking ones.
38. Thus, Sharon, already soon after taking office, will act just as infamously and inhumanely and in a human life despising manner as the father and son Bushes will act as presidents of the USA.
39. But as I explained, the extremist, terrorist, and other irresponsible elements of the Palestinian people will also act the same, by what means also Israeli women and children will innocently lose their lives, just like many men, and this will happen by the criminal machinations of Sharon and the two Bushes.
40. Palestinian suicide bombers will belong to the agenda, as well as murderous attacks on innocent people by the fundamentalists and extreme terrorists, who will soon drive their nuisance worldwide, often under the command of the insane and dissenter hating, dilapidated fanatics and fundamentalists of the Islamic faith.
41. It will first be Saddam Hussein, the Iraqi president and dictator, who will cause father Bush to release the so called Gulf War; after that, it will be the fanatic terrorist Osama bin Laden, an Arab, who will drive his terrorism from Afghanistan in worldwide form, which will then cause Bush’s son – of course, always under the guise of peacekeeping and the fight against terrorism – to invade Afghanistan and destructively level the cities, etc. to the ground.
42. Ultimately, in the worst case, everything can degenerate into a global war, and this time, the Americans would basically be to blame for this, if it should actually come to this as a result of the lust for power, unreasonableness, and irresponsibility of the American power.
43. Only the world leaders and peoples of the Earth can counter this insanity, if they let reason prevail and bring those power hungry megalomaniacs to reason, on which the welfare and woes of the Earth and the entire world population will depend.
44. But unfortunately, at least during the first period, it will be such that other irresponsible national leaders and presidents, etc. will also shake hands in the criminal actions of Sharon and the two Bushes, whereby all those of the population of these countries, who won’t agree absolutely with the conduct of their irresponsible governments, will innocently fall into the terrorists’ line of fire.

Billy:
This can, indeed, become cheerful. You asked me not to share any information about this. Now, I can reassure you, because for now, I will certainly not do that, at least not publicly. Internally, I may certainly say something, right?

Quetzal:
45. Among those whom you can trust, yes.
46. But outwardly, you must, at least, still wait.

Billy:
I will do so. But now, I would like to address you about Mars again because during our last conversation relating to this, I forgot a question that I still wanted to ask. Ptaah told me on the great journey that there are also ongoing climate changes on Mars. That’s how I remember it, anyhow. Is that actually right?

Quetzal:
47. Yes, that is correct.
48. On Mars, there are ongoing climate changes and, therefore, also planetary climatic variations, through which, for example, snow falls; although, this phenomenon has a different nature than the one on Earth because it consists partly of carbon dioxide.

Billy:
Yes, exactly, Ptaah said that, too. But what do you know about global warming? Is this actually to be solely attributed to the environmental degradation, etc. of the person?

Quetzal:
49. Global warming is not just an effect of the environmental and atmospheric pollution caused by the Earth people.
50. The greenhouse effect, in the rotating form of pollution, is also to be attributed to special events and processes that occur on the Sun and whose effects also become noticeable on the Earth.
51. Through this, not only are the atmospheric layers of the Earth warmed up but also the atmospheres of all other planets in the SOL system.
52. Moreover, the Earth, in its interior, generates great heat radiations, which penetrate to the outside and help with the greenhouse effect.
53. The Earth’s core, thus the center of the Earth, is not simply a solid mass, as is erroneously supposed by the earthly scientists; rather, it is a core that is similar to what the Sun is in its entirety.

Billy:
So it’s a bubbling, nuclear furnace.

Quetzal:
54. That is a good comparison.

Billy:
Then a question about Rembrandt. It is said over and over again that not all of the paintings attributed to him come from him. Do you know anything about this, since you still concern yourself with the earthly art of painting?

Quetzal:
55. Around Rembrandt, whose real name was Rembrandt Harmensz van Rijn, different stories grew, even during his own lifetime.
56. He was born in Lieden on 7/15/1606, and he died in Amsterdam on 10/4/1669.
57. Already at the youthful age of 15, he took painting lessons with the well known history painter at the time, Jacob van Swanenburg, after which he gained further inspiration from various other painters and, from this, developed his own painting direction and created various works in his typical fashion.
58. In 1634, he married Saskia van Uylenburgh, who already died, however, in 1642.
59. She was a woman who was extremely talented in the art of painting, but she did not appear publicly with her ability but only exercised it in secret, together with her husband, whose style fascinated her and whose style she received.
60. In this form, she created quite a number of very good works, which were indistinguishable from those of her husband and which also won’t be distinguished for all times.
61. She also made etchings in this manner, for which Rembrandt gave his name, as well as for the paintings made by his wife.
62. So for example, the alleged self portrait of Rembrandt, the related etching of 1639, was not sketched by himself, as also several others weren’t, but by his wife, Saskia, who mastered his style perfectly.
63. Also, concerning the double portrait with Saskia, only half of this comes from his art, for only the portrait of his wife traces back to his hand, while his portrait beside her is the work of his wife.
64. In addition, there are various works that are imitations of Rembrandt’s style on the part of several of his students.
65. Several have been recognized in modern times as such style imitations of expertise, but some of the surviving imitations are so perfect that they cannot be recognized as such.
66. This especially applies to those works that trace back to Rembrandt’s wife because she mastered his style and technique perfectly.
67. As an example, it is to be said that out of all existing Rembrandt etchings, only 178 of these trace back to his own art, while a further 111 must be attributed to his wife.
68. All the rest trace back to imitations of students and counterfeiters.
69. Concerning the alleged Rembrandt drawings, the number is still much higher.
70. Also, the most diverse painted works, so the paintings that are attributed to Rembrandt, do not truly trace back to him but, instead, to his wife, Saskia, who lived in deep modesty in relation to her great skill and left all the fame to her husband.
71. Also, there are several imitations of his students, as well as obvious forgeries, but these are known as such.

Billy:
Then another question regarding the “engraved stones of Ica,” which should have been “excavated” since the early sixties, namely in the desert of Ocucaje in Peru, or in the vicinity of the provincial capital, Ica. The figures engraved into the stones, so it is claimed, are supposed to have originated at least 100 million years ago, produced by people of a civilization of a very high level. Thus, the engravings show, for example, technological devices that, nowadays, find their use in optics and in surgery, etc. Even transplants are illustrated by the engravings, but also extinct prehistoric animals of various kinds. There are even engravings to be found on the stones that show people or human like creatures on flying dinosaurs, etc. These matters became known at the beginning of the seventies. The stones were kept in Lima in the “Centro Aeronautico,” but basically, more than 10,000 strange exhibits like this should be in the so called “stone library” of a certain Dr. Javier Cabrera in Ica. Do you know what's going on with these engraved stones?

Quetzal:
72. The whole thing is well known to me.
73. The engraved stones are forgeries that trace back to a man named Basilio Ochuas, who engraved forms that he took from newspapers, magazines, and professional journals into the ancient stones.
74. Ochuas was a grave robber who earned his living thereby, namely by desecrating old graves and stealing the grave goods, which he sold to tourists and collectors.
75. Then, over time, also several family members helped the forger to engrave the stones, on the basis of the drawings that Basilio Ochuas had made from the newspapers and journals.

Billy:
There still remains for me an important question: as you know, in the sixties, I got to know Yasser Arafat, whose temporary epithet was Abu Ammar. Concerning him, Semjase once told me that he would become a great political talking point and play an important role as a president front man of the PLO, when everything starts to escalate between the Israelis and the Palestinians. What do you know about this? Have you made any predictions relating to this, and if so, may one get to know what was revealed?

Quetzal:
76. Actually, according to our conditions, we shouldn’t talk about future things.
77. Nevertheless, until now, we have done this over and over again.
78. It …

Billy:
I think that it wasn’t forbidden but only recommended, right?

Quetzal:
79. That is correct.

Billy:
Then we can still discuss certain aspects of the future.

Quetzal:
80. That, too, is correct, for a silence over such things was actually just a recommendation for the event that you could publicly talk about it in advance.
81. But on the other hand, one also spoke of the fact that predicting for the Earth person bears no fruit because, despite the warnings of the evil events of the future, he continues in his old style.

Billy:
And since I remain silent for the time being, you can probably tell me what you know and what your looks into the future have shown.

Quetzal:
82. That I can.
83. Well, then listen:
84. Yasser Arafat has always made a secret of his real full name, which is why there are at least three different versions of a relevant form.
85. First, there is the name Yasser Mohammed Arafat, then the name Rahman Abdel Raouf Arafat al Qudwa al Husseini, and then the name Mohammed Abdel Raouf Arafat.
86. On the one hand, he maintained that he had been born on the 27th of August, 1928 in Jerusalem, but on the other hand, he claims to have seen the light of world in Cairo.*
87. His political career is remarkable.
88. As a true engineer, he became the founder and leader of the guerrilla organization al Fatah in 1958.
89. A few years after your acquaintance with him, he became chairman of the PLO Central Committee in 1969.
90. In the coming time, he will take on secret negotiations with representatives of Israel, through which he will then make it that the Palestinians receive a limited autonomy in Jericho and in the Gaza Strip, which might happen in September of 1993.
91. Through his efforts, he will also receive the Nobel Peace Prize in 1994, after which he will then be elected as president of the autonomous territories of Palestine in 1996.
92. In this office, it will be very difficult for him because he will have to deal with the opposition of radical Palestinian and Arab forces, especially with the Hamas and the Islamic Jihad Organization.
93. However, he won’t actually be the right man for the office of Palestinian President because out of fear of the radical Palestinian and Arab forces, he will be driven to spread their terrorism by suicide bombers in Israel and to spread more and more death and terror.
94. This will get out of control to a great extent because Yasser Arafat and his security forces will stand by idly or only very laxly do something about the fact that Israel will take the toughest measures and destroy many facilities of the Palestinians with rockets and bombs, as well as with tanks, whereby also many human lives will be demanded, both guilty and innocent alike.
95. As touching the Americans, Israel will strike them without mercy, but also the Palestinian terrorists will likewise do this.
96. In contrast to the Palestinians, the Israelis will be able to count on the aid of America and of many misled people of many countries, while the Palestinians will only have a few Arabic States behind themselves.
97. But on the whole, it must be said that the one like the other is addicted to false actions and to murderous, inhuman, inhumane, life criminal, and human criminal actions and deeds, as this will be the case with the autocratic Americans who, more and more, want to take on the role of a powerful, merciless, and irresponsible world police force and, at the same time, tread on the dignity of human beings in the manner described, like with a large foot, according to the principle “if you don’t want to be my slave, then I’ll beat your brains out,” like you always say.

*Translator’s Note: “to have seen the light of world” is an idiom that simply means “to have been born.”

Billy:
Then, in the end, Arafat won’t be able to prevail, whereby then, perhaps, the prophesied war in Palestine and Israel will arise, with which the people should wade ankle deep in human blood.

Quetzal:
98. That is correct.
99. This possibility will be given.
100. Therefore, it will also just depend on the common sense of the nations and world leaders to prevent the insanity of the war.
101. But if nothing is done and if nothing is set against the Israelis and against the Palestinian extremist radical forces and Arab fanatics and against their murderous, degenerate, and hate filled craft, then the danger of the fulfillment of the prophecies will be very great.

Billy:
Unfortunately, the Earth people don't let themselves be taught by reason and logic. Reason and logic make no difference to them, as also real love and brotherly love, as responsibility, peace, freedom, harmony, and balance. Even in families, all these high values are disowned, and everything that should be treated with dignity and respect is despised and abused. Parents beat their children, as also husbands beat up their wives or wives maltreat their husbands. And just as this happens in many families or in other human communities, it also occurs in the work places, where hatred, envy, and harassment often cause the greatest misery. This likewise applies to economic life and, of course, to politics, as well as to religious centers, like in monasteries and sects, where the monks or believers conduct themselves hypocritically among one another, with the superiors constantly trying to gain advantages for themselves and presuming themselves as better than their fellow men, fellow believers, and fellow monks, etc. And if one observes Israel and Palestine as well as America and Arabia in particular, it is alarming to note that the extremists, fanatics, radicals, fundamentalists, and degenerated nationalists of these countries are crazy, insane, unscrupulous, and poor in consciousness creatures, to whom a human life isn’t even worth the speck of a fly. I became acquainted with many of these unscrupulous madmen when I joined a large group as a freedom fighter, in order to search for a killer who had brutally murdered my fiancé and deliver him to justice.

Quetzal:
102. This and many other things from your life are well known to me.
103. I am sorry for the many events and pains that you had to let yourself go through.
104. But you have led a remarkably adventurous life, so it was inevitable that such incidents happened on your way.
105. You have grown from this, however, and thereby acquired the capacity to pursue a goal once set by you for so long until you reached it.
106. You’ve acquired such perseverance and steadfastness, through which you alone can fulfill your mission.
107. This, entirely apart from your knowledge in reference to the teaching of the spirit.
108. I can say this now because through my own investigations, I encountered extremely interesting things that concern you and all your previous personalities in past lives, namely back to Henoch’s time.
109. But don’t worry that I speak of this because I know that for the time being, everything must remain a mystery, at least to your group members and the public.
110. Ptaah will be the first one who will talk openly about this, when he personally comes in contact with you again in a public manner.
111. But from now on, you no longer need to appear so ignorant towards me, as you’ve always done this until now, because I now know very well that, at least in terms of the teaching of the spirit and all related matters, you are more knowledgeable than me and even Ptaah and our spirit leaders, whom you will approach in later years when your health has improved again, in order for them to receive specific instructions from you.

Billy:
Aha, there, you also gave a prediction. So according to your words, I will come out of my poor health situation and will then be able to work properly again.

Quetzal:
112. That is only partly true, for your health will probably make very encouraging progress, but you will no longer be able to live without a greater amount of medication, which you must take twice a day.
113. Also, your health will no longer be the same as before, for certain consequences will remain that cannot be corrected any more.
114. You also won’t be able to perform any hard manual labor, which is why you will have to limit yourself in writing, office and administrative work, and in teaching.
115. Also, with regard to engines, no opportunity of working in a manual way is given to you any more, not just for now but also for all future time of your present life.
116. But this also has something good in itself because now, you can finally just devote yourself to your real mission, and you can do all those written works that are related to your task.

Billy:
Thank you for your remarks. I don’t like it that I can no longer chop, dig, pave, plant, plow, harrow, drive tractor and so on, but on the other hand, it is also good that I can finally devote myself to all those written and oral works, etc. that had to be neglected by me until now, due to all the construction work at the center.

Quetzal:
117. That, my friend, should be enough for today.
118. I’m going now, but I will visit you again on December 2nd.
119. Farewell until then.

Billy:
Bye, Quetzal. Thanks for your visit and all the information. Until we meet again.


213th Contact
Tuesday, December 2, 1986, 3:17 AM

Billy:
You have already endeavored for quite some time around the interests of Jmmanuel and also clarified the things around his tomb site. So you know, just like I do, where his tomb site is. Recently, archaeologists and others step into appearance, claiming that they, with great probability, have found the tomb. Does that correspond to the facts?

Quetzal:
1. The fact that the tomb, i.e. the tomb cave, is sought for corresponds to the truth, but the correct site wasn’t found because some time ago, I had destroyed this by order of the High Council, and to be sure, completely, by what means also the hillside collapsed and buried everything.
2. The reason for this was so that no new Christian cult site could arise from this.
3. This would be the case and would have happened with certainty, if the tomb cave had been found.
4. A new malicious cult would have arisen from this, which would have taken on even worse proportions than what is the case today with the alleged birth place of Jmmanuel in Bethlehem.
5. As you know, the site wasn’t even where today’s Christian cults are held, regarding the alleged birthplace, etc.
6. However, this doesn’t bother the cult superiors, so they won’t accept this truth and also won’t disclose it.
7. But so, it will be that the tomb cave of Jmmanuel will continue to be sought for, and already, a place has been localized, which should serve as Jmmanuel’s tomb site, but inexcusable mistakes and unreal wishful thinking play a very important role in this.
8. But through this, the researchers and would be researchers make sense of unrealistic facts, which are devoid of any truth, because for quite some time, nothing more is noticeable or traceable on the slope’s terrain, where the burial place caved in as a result of the destruction of the tomb and the slope’s collapse.
9. Nevertheless, false and misleading research will continue to operate, namely into the third millennium, where for a longer time, it will be erroneously maintained that the tomb site of Jmmanuel was actually found.
10. And just concerning this tomb cave, in which you found the scrolls of Judas Ischarioth, a few more things will happen in the coming time – around the middle or the end of the last decade of this century – which will confirm my words.
11. You will become acquainted with a very interesting and enthusiastic young man, who will strive for these things when you inform him about the tomb site and about the destruction of the same.
12. Currently, he is still in his younger years, but in the course of time, he will become a very well known man with respect to extraterrestrial missiles and all things associated therewith.
13. Also, he will take up your and our contact history and will represent this worldwide.
14. Yet this will only happen with difficulty and on difficult detours, which will be due to your wife, who has already worked for some time in secret as well as in open form against you and your mission and who regularly carries out traitorous things that cause you and the group members harm and strife.
15. However, he will be the man who will also perform investigations in Jerusalem – in connection with the Talmud Jmmanuel and Isa Rashid – and who will also find out that Jmmanuel’s tomb site and the aforementioned hillside are actually destroyed.
16. He will then also record this fact photographically.

Billy:
Those are some pieces of news again. Evidently, you’ve had rather decent looks into the future or even traveled into the future. But may one ask, who this mysterious man will be – I mean, from where he comes and what his name will be?

Quetzal:
17. That is no secret.
18. He lives in Germany and is named Michael Hesemann.

Translator's Note: The following is an original English article written by James Deardorff. It appears in this section of this Contact Report in the original German book. The article can also be viewed at James Deardorff's website.

 

MEIER’S RECOLLECTION OF THE TOMB SITE
 
Around 1960, Isa Rashid was prompted (by the same ETs who later contacted Meier) to locate the tomb site where the Talmud Jmmanuel (TJ) lay buried. However, from what Meier later learned, Rashid didn’t then take any action to explore the site or dig his way into it and soon forgot just where it was. In l963, however, when Meier was visiting him and they were walking along outside and south of Jerusalem's Old City, Meier was himself prompted to look out at the hillside and notice a small dark cleft or hole up on the slope, partially obscured by bushes.
 
According to Meier’s recollection in August l997, this hole was about 30 cm, or a foot, on a side. He reached into his packsack for his flashlight and peered into the hole to notice that it continued inwards. So he proceeded to dig away rocks and earth until the hole was large enough that they could crawl inside. (Meier remembers that a shrub growing next to this entrance was a “Meramiye” plant.)
 
After more exploring inside the tomb site, they noticed something buried underneath a flat rock, and it turned out to be TJ scrolls, encased in resin, along with a few small artifacts. Meier’s Foreword within the translated TJ document continues the story from there, but gives no description of the tomb, which Meier learned later had been the tomb of Joseph of Arimathea, which is mentioned in the Gospel of Matthew.
 
To the best of his 34 year old recollection, Meier drew the sketch below of a plan view of the tomb. A member of his support group (FIGU) labeled it in English.
 
 

The tomb is recollected to have been 3.5 to 4 meters in length; the outside slope of the hill is labeled as having been covered with rock, dirt and bushes. In the rear of the tomb, there was a narrow tunnel leading out to what had once been a second entrance, long since blocked with earth. This smaller, second entrance would have faced out onto the slope around a bend from where the tomb’s main entrance had been. This was the entrance/exit through which Jmmanuel received medical attention from Joseph and some Hindu friends he had sought out, and from which they exited very early in the morning three days later, according to the TJ.
 
This picture is consistent with guards actually having been posted at the tomb, as in Matthew 27:65 66, to safeguard it from any who would enter in and steal the “body.” The TJ indicates that this posting of the guards occurred a day or two earlier than in Matthew (more in keeping with the Gospel of John’s timing), and so did not occur on a Sabbath when chief priests and Pharisees would have been reluctant to send a deputation to Pilate to ask for the guards. It is not inconceivable that those who helped Jmmanuel recover within the tomb could slip into the secret entrance on the side without being observed or suspected of anything by the guards.
 
Apparently, this tomb site has not yet been explored by archaeologists. Ufologist Michael Hesemann of Düsseldorf, Germany, editor of “Magazin2000plus,” explored the general area where the tomb was located in July, l998. He retracted the route that Meier and Rashid had traversed in l963, to the best of Meier’s recollections, while in contact with Meier by cellular phone. It is located along the south slope of the Hinnom Valley, not too far from its confluence with the Kidron Valley, and within the Akeldama tombs area, south of the Old City of Jerusalem. This had been a burial ground for foreigners, and Joseph of Arimathea likely was a foreigner, since the location of Arimathea remains unknown. According to an article by Gideon Avni and Zvi Greenhut in Report #1 of the Israel Antiquities Authority, “The Akeldama tombs” (1996): “The confluence of the Kidron and Hinnom Valleys, south of the Old City of Jerusalem, contains one of Jerusalem’s richest concentration of rock hewn tombs. This area, located in the periphery of the village of Silwan, was one of the main burial grounds of Jerusalem … the use of the south part of the Hinnom Valley as burial grounds for foreigners is mentioned by Antoninus Martyr who visited Jerusalem in about 560 CE.”
 
Apparently, years after the “Potter’s Field” was renamed “the Field of Blood” (Akeldama), it became enlarged to encompass adjacent areas of preexisting tombs, including the tombsite of Joseph of Arimathea. The Akeldama site is mentioned by that name in Acts 1:19.
 
From what Hesemann learned from Meier, he had been informed by one of the Pleiadians/Plejarens (Florena) in June of 1998 that sometime after 1973, they had caused a landslide to occur down and over the hillside containing the tombsite. If so, this would be very consistent with their strategy of ensuring that they do not force truth upon people who are not in any way prepared to accept it, and one way of doing this is to allow original evidence to be destroyed while allowing truth in the form of secondary evidence to be available. Hesemann believes he located the landslide/rubble ravine, within the Akeldama tombs region, which marks the approximate location. The photograph below (courtesy of Michael Hesemann) indicates this area, with the probable site lying a little below the heavy arrowhead.
 
 

The photo looks due south and was shot from just outside the present south wall of the Old City.
 
Hesemann was impressed that although Meier has not been back there to view the region, the site he described over the cell phone contained the landslide/rubble ravine. It would seem futile, even if permission could be gained, to attempt to detect what is left of the tomb site underneath the rubble, as all the artifacts inside it had been removed in l963.

 
 

Translator's Note: The two black and white photos above are not labeled in the original German book, but my best educated guess is that the first photo is a close up shot of the more probable site, which is marked by the heavy arrowhead on the color photo. The second photo, then, is likely a close up shot of the less probable site.
 

Billy:
I am surprised. And since we are already at it: when I was allowed to travel with Asket back into Jmmanuel’s time and also actually meet him – whereby I could speak with him using the language converter – there, he told me his life story, which was very different from what is maintained in the New Testament. With certainty, it arose from his explanations that he was in no way religious and, therefore, was no religious faith bringer or religious revolutionary. Actually, he was a revolutionary, he said so himself, but not in the sense of a religious form but rather in relation to the true teaching of the spirit, as this is also clear from the Talmud Jmmanuel. He said that he was very unpopular with the superiors, the rulers as well as the scribes, etc., and that his life was endangered as a result of his revolutionary teaching, for he enlightened the people and advocated for their freedom in every respect. He did this in such a way because on the one hand, this was his mission that he had to fulfill here since ages ago, across different personalities and across different reincarnations of his spirit form, and on the other hand, because this was also the desire of his parents, Mary and Joseph, who did not hold to the old traditional and falsified teachings. And as I could learn from Jmmanuel, when I asked him about it, the story of the “carpenter’s son” is not correct, for his foster father, Joseph, had not been a simple carpenter but rather the owner of a small carpentry, with various workers who fulfilled his orders for him. Joseph had already learned the craft as a carpenter from the ground up with his father, who had already originally placed a ship carpentry on the legs. Thus, Joseph and Mary, as well as Jmmanuel and his brothers and sisters, hadn’t been simple folk from the common people, but according to Jmmanuel, they would have enjoyed a degree of prosperity, which also allowed it that father Joseph and mother Mary, as well as all children, could learn to read and write. Thus, Joseph was an independent craftsman with his own business, so to speak, and just as independent were also Jmmanuel’s brothers, who pursued their own crafts. And as Jmmanuel said, he, too, was very independent and autonomous, was an expert of reading and writing, and earned his living through the spreading of the spiritual teaching, for which he received donations, which he did not administer himself, however; rather, he let these be administered by one of his disciples.

Quetzal:
19. Those are issues that are familiar to me.

Billy:
Aha. Then you should also know that it was in no way the Jewish people who bore the guilt for the fact that Jmmanuel was sentenced to death by the cross. In fact, it was such that the Roman garrison ruled in Jerusalem at that time, and its laws possessed validity. Only the Jewish scribes and the Jewish leaders were actually guilty of the fact that Jmmanuel was sentenced to death; although, a huge misunderstanding also contributed to this, when Jmmanuel was asked the question as to whether the accusation was correct. When he said, “you said it,” he didn’t mean that the alleged accusation was true, but the meaning of his words was that he meant that the questioner said it. And it was precisely this misunderstanding that was the deciding factor for the guilty sentencing. The scribes and the rulers, however, who fought vehemently against Jmmanuel’s teaching, were true Jews, and they were the actual ones who strove to eliminate Jmmanuel, and to be sure, finally and for all time, through an execution. At the same time, the Jewish people themselves had nothing to say here because they were forbidden to interfere in any imponderable court matters, etc. Nevertheless, as spectators, the people, as a rule, were allowed to do so, but as I said, they wouldn’t have had any authority for a verdict. But as always, it was also the case with those who were authorized that under them, there was a certain percentage of the mob that was strongly greased with pieces of silver from the Jewish scribes and elders, as well as from the synagogue big shots, etc., in order to cry out for the death penalty when those who were responsible for sentencing – and, thus, not the Jewish people – were asked for the verdict. Thus, it was the paid up and fired up mob that cried out for crucifixion; therefore, the Jewish people bore absolutely no guilt for this. In fact, it was also the case that the actual process was carried out by the Jewish elders, priests, scribes, and other public officials, with the chief priests possessing great power. They were, indeed, the main ones who wanted to dissuade Jmmanuel from his mission efforts, and as I said, by all of their available means. But all of these who were responsible cannot be regarded as Jewish people, who, in many respects, were actually and truly more on Jmmanuel’s side than on the side of the chief priests, elders, scribes, and other public officials, for under these, very many of the Jews suffered. But the fact that the blame for Jmmanuel’s crucifixion is placed upon them is based on deliberately false political, theological and, thus, religious accusations, which should serve the purpose, and which had the intention, of denigrating the Jews and lifting up Christianity high into the sky. And precisely from this arose the hatred of the Jews, to which millions of Jews and Jewish friends fell victim in the Second World War, through the inhumane and degrading madness of the Final Solution. What is still to be said concerning the trial before Pilate probably needs no great explanation, for the whole thing was just a formality, in order to satisfy the Roman right and law. But what is to be said in relation to the first trial by the Jewish officials – who partly consisted of chief priests, scribes, and elders, who influenced the rest – it was, indeed, the case that it was an effective process, even though this has long been challenged by various sides. Sfath taught me all this.

Quetzal:
20. You are very detailed, and everything is completely accurate.

Billy:
Now, in this whole connection, only Jmmanuel’s journey to Kashmir in India is missing and his work there, as well as his death at the age of about 115 years and his burial. It is repeatedly asserted that this does not correspond to the truth and that Hazrat Mirza Ghulam Ahmad of Qadian, the founder of the Islamic sect Ahmadiyya, had told fibs with the story that he had discovered Jmmanuel’s grave in Srinagar, India. As Sfath already explained to me, this corresponds, at least, to a form of reality because the founder of the sect wasn’t actually the discoverer of the tomb; rather, a man named Kanishka Rashtrakuta found the tomb in the year A.D. 746. All this is vehemently denied, however, by all sorts of scientists and would be scientists, as well as by would be know it alls.

Quetzal:
21. That will also continue to remain so, for know it alls and wrong scientists, etc. never die out.
22. Nevertheless, what Sfath explained to you undoubtedly corresponds to the truth because we’ve clarified these issues very precisely, and thus, there is no doubt that Jmmanuel had worked in India, was also married there, and fathered several children, of which a son went to Jerusalem during his older years and hid Judas Ischarioth’s scrolls in Jmmanuel’s tomb, where you then found them in 1964, when Isa Rashid led you there.

Billy:
Thanks for your information. Then something else: the creative spirit form of the person is wrongly designated as the soul, but at the same time, the value of the psyche embodies this according to today’s better understanding and sense. Now, the spirit form – i.e. what the person designates as the soul, which is capable of wandering according to Christian and other religious faiths, even the so called soul wandering – is denied, especially by medical science and by many other would be knowledge directions, as well as its ability to be reincarnated. How long will it be until the incorrigible ones acknowledge the fact, as it is even set forth by the spiritual teaching, that the spirit form actually exists and is arranged into reincarnations?

Quetzal:
23. With great certainty, the twentieth century will bring no scientific insight relating to this.
24. However, it will look different after the turn of the millennium, as a look into the future of a related form has proven.

Billy:
Then we’ll see. One asked about Glenn Miller. He was a jazz musician who disappeared one day during the war, without a trace, and was declared as missing. Can you give any information about this? Because to this day, it is still puzzling as to where this Glenn Miller disappeared.

Quetzal:
25. About that, I can explain a few things to you, as it concerns a man who was a musician and, thus, one who falls into our art records. Glenn Miller was inadvertently killed by his own people, that is, by allied forces, on his way from England to France.
26. He was on his way to Paris to attend a Christmas celebration.
27. He flew his aircraft very low over the English Channel, as American Lancaster aircraft dropped their surplus bombs into the English Channel, without the crews noticing that beneath them, a smaller aircraft crossed their flight path.
28. This aircraft, in which Glenn Miller sat, was hit by the dropped bombs, upon which it exploded, was torn into the smallest pieces, and then plunged into the sea.
29. The small pieces of debris were scattered hundreds of meters, while Glenn Miller was completely torn apart into the smallest particles.
30. This is the real truth, which has no relation at all to the false story that Glenn Miller, for indefinable reasons, died in the arms of a prostitute in Paris.
31. Unfortunately, this misrepresentation had also been circulating in our archives, which also could have resulted in misunderstandings, to which even our people could be forfeited, if they would only examine a few facts and not the whole complex.

Billy:
It’s nice that mistakes can even occur with you in such matters, which might be enough to prove that even you are not omniscient or omnipotent. Thus, I am glad to hear your confession.

Quetzal:
32. We stand by our mistakes.

Billy:
A strong feature of yours. Unfortunately, with the Earth people, that isn’t exactly a strength, for they don’t like to admit mistakes; rather, they presume themselves as flawless and as better than everyone else, to whom they point out any mistakes.

Quetzal:
33. That is well known to me.
34. What I would still like to report to you is that I have received copies of your five novels from Ptaah, which I did not fail to read and which I find to be very good.
35. And since I know so many things from your life, I naturally also found out that you’ve included a variety of life experiences and events in the novels; although, you’ve made novel appropriate changes and wordings.
36. I already knew for a long time, which I also told you recently, that you led a very adventurous and often dangerous life.
37. Also, during your younger years, you were connected with three companions in an open and unofficial alliance… ah, may I talk about this at all?
 
Billy:
I have nothing against that, my friend, even if it means that old memories break through, which has already happened as a result of your words and has caused an ache in me. Yet that is normal, and so, I have nothing against it if you want to talk about it. I overcame the suffering and sadness, so only an ache appears when I’m reminded about it.
 
Quetzal:
38. Then I may ask you about it?
 
Billy:
Of course, nothing opposes that.
 
Quetzal:
39. Thank you. –
40. I find it difficult to ask the questions.

Billy:
Simply state these in such a way as you think them.

Quetzal:
41. Ah – like – I wanted to ask you… well, it was such that all three companions of your early years were taken from you …

Billy:
Don’t be so heavy, my friend. Yes, it’s true what you say. For the first time, it happened in Algeria, when I made an open alliance with Samira, an Arab girl, and went through the desert with her, away from her family, in order to return to Europe. Then, in a small oasis, it happened: Samira was bitten by a poisonous snake and died shortly after that. In the small, nameless oasis, there was neither a doctor nor any people, only three palm trees and some bushes, as well as a damp spot in the sand, which I dug out, after which some water collected in the trough. Alone with Samira’s corpse, I excavated a pit with my dagger, in which I then buried my companion. Mourning, I spent some more time at the place, in order to move on after that and return to Europe, where it didn’t keep me for long, nevertheless. Consequently, I traveled along again on unknown paths in the Middle and Near East, so to Arabia and later to India. One and a half years after Samira’s death and burial, in the south of India, I became acquainted with Nadja, an Indian girl who belonged to the Hindu religion, which was a stark contrast to Samira’s Islamic religion. Making a long excursion with Nadja into a mountainous jungle, we became a couple and were connected. After a few days, we rested at a river, where I built a small hut, in which we then lived. Then, it happened – the monsoon season came; somewhere, a severe thunderstorm was raging, causing the river to rise and rage loose within the shortest time, just when I had climbed up a tree on a hill, in order to explore the nearer and further environment. At that same time, Nadja was in the hut preparing a meal, as I saw from the tree how the foaming floods of the river raged near with tremendous gargling and roaring. Obviously having become attentive, I saw how Nadja stepped in front of the hut and uttered a shrill cry. That was the last I saw and heard of her, for two or three seconds later, the roaring waters shot over the small hill where the hut and Nadja were located, overwhelming them and causing them to disappear in the floods. …

Quetzal:
42. I did not know these events exactly.
43. It makes me sorry to see you in such a way as you tell me everything.
44. You still feel grief and pain, even if you say that you’ve mastered everything.
45. So you also don’t have to talk any further because it’s enough for me to know that your third companion, Angela, lost her life in a small oasis in the Iraqi desert by a murderer’s hand, as you described it in one of your novels.

Billy:
I…

Quetzal:
46. It’s alright, dear friend.
47. Anyhow, I find it good that you have partially written down these events, even if you partially had to change them appropriately for the novel.

Billy:
It helped me a lot to process everything since it also isn’t such that I could forget it, like also many other things, situations, incidents, and events. However, I simply cannot become lord over the pain, when my memories surface. So you are quite right when you say that grief and pain are still present, but they are just not in the way as they were at the time of the events, when I plunged into the deepest abysses. And I know that this pain will still accompany me my whole life.

Quetzal:
48. Unfortunately, there is much more pain and grief and disappointment to come, for you cannot avoid the coming things and events, the great amount of betrayal and jealousy, falsehood, lies and deceit, as well as breach of trust, breach of love, and other things, like also not your duty, for you have to endure everything in order to fulfill your mission.
49. But I will tell you what you need to prepare yourself for starting from today, so that you are armed and won’t break, for these will be harsh events and issues that you will have to encounter.
50. But for my part, I already know you very well and know that you will get through everything because you’ve acquired the capacity to deal with things rationally and always to confront them with logic and reason, as though they unexpectedly approached you, namely when you know what’s coming in advance.

Translator's Note: For comparison to my independent translation, Dyson Devine's and Vivienne Legg's unofficial but authorized English translation of lines 34 50 above can be read here.

Billy:
Alright – enough about that. May I still ask you something? The matter is of general interest because it has often been asked of me whether I knew anything regarding the sect guru Shree Rajneesh, also known as Bhagwan, who is actually called God; on my part, I have christened him “Bigwahn.” He functions with his horde sex, with which I mean group sex. “Bhagwan” actually comes from the old Indian word “Bhagavan,” which simply means “God” or “the Almighty,” and this Bhagwan/“Bigwahn” is actually called “Sri Bhagavan,” but to my knowledge, he bears the name Chandra Mohan Rajneesh. Unofficially, his sex sect, which it is in truth, calls itself the Neo Sannyas movement. In 1981, “Bigwahn” established himself, along with his sect followers, in Oregon, USA, where he founded the city “Rajneeshpuram,” where he was banished and expelled again last year, however, and since then, he has been searching for a new hideout in different countries. This, after his sect movement broke apart, when his long standing confidante and mistress, Ma Anand Sheela, whose other name is Sheela Silverman, left Raijneeshpuram and America with a few followers in 1985, so more than a year ago, but after this, she was already extradited to the USA this year and was charged with an offense. The question now: what does this sex sect wether* continue to do?

*Translator’s Note: A wether is a male sheep that has been castrated before sexual maturity. It can also refer to a castrated male goat.

Quetzal:
51. I have concerned myself with this man and his sect and still continue to do so.
52. In this regard, I’ve also had a look into the future, from which it has arisen that next year, so in 1987, Rajneesh will return to Puna in India, where he already worked before.
53. As early as 1969, he let himself be revered by his followers as Bhagavan, which is interpreted in some circles as “Renouncer.”
54. Then, starting in 1989, he will let himself be revered as “Osho” because already in the month of November of last year, when he was deported from the USA, the plan matured in him that he would newly establish his sect.
55. Then, in 1989, the “Osho movement” will arise from this, the so called “Osho Commune International.”
56. But this movement won’t last for long because already on the 19th of January, 1990, he will depart from this life in Puna, after which the sect will be continued by a clearly defined circle of women and men.
57. So in 1995, there will already be more than 200,000 sect followers worldwide.
58. The new leaders of the sect will systematize Rajneesh’s teachings, which will consist of about 600 written discourses.
59. At the same time, a practice of piety will be introduced, which will also include a calendar of festivals and have a systematic development of a centralized organizational structure.
60. While Rajneesh has been preaching a spontaneous teaching until now and will also do so in the new movement, those who are responsible for the continuation of the sect, however, will make it a form of institutionalized religious community and teaching.

Billy:
Thank you for your explanations. But now, another question in reference to the GDR. As you once told me recently, the German Democratic Republic will fall in the coming years, i.e. will be dissolved, as a result of the so called “Peaceful October Revolution”, as it will be called, as you said. In what year will this be?

Quetzal:
61. The peaceful revolution will begin in October of 1989 and will lead to the "Fall" of the Wall on November 9th.
62. On the 31st of August, 1990 the Unification Treaty will be completed, which will lead to the final dissolution of the GDR.

Billy:
Also dear thanks for this information. But now, again a question relating to a sect: you once told me that along with the Sannyasin sect, yet another sect of Indian origin will become a talking point, but not in a sexist form, as in the “Bigwahn” sect. The originator should be a namesake of the Indian sitar artist, Ravi Shankar. What comes from this?

Quetzal:
63. It concerns the Indian guru Sri Sri Ravi Shankar, as he likes to be called, who wants to have had an enlightenment in 1982, but this corresponds to an untruth.
64. Allegedly, he spoke no word for 10 days and, during this time, developed Sudarshan Kriya, a method of relaxation and cleansing, through which, according to his erroneous teachings, 80 percent of all excretions from the human body should take place via the breath, which isn’t true, of course.
65. Nevertheless, the method is good and wholesome, for the breathing exercises have preventive effects; for example, the risk of stroke and the risk of neurological diseases and diabetes, etc. can be reduced by these, but this is the case with all meditative breathing exercises, i.e. breathing meditations, when these are carried out in the right manner.
66. So this must be acknowledged as an advantage, but this still doesn’t move the sectarian into a better light at all.
67. A sect remains a sect, and every sect is founded on false teachings, to which unstable and irrational people fall victim, who, unfortunately, are very often found among the academics, officials, and artists, etc.
68. So this means that this sect of the guru Sri Sri Ravi Shankar will spread itself through such people in the coming time and will be advocated by many followers, who will be recruited from among the business people, movie stars, models, engineers, doctors/medical professionals, government officials and public officials, etc.
69. This sect and its members will act worldwide through a lot of property and will provide assistance in some places, like in the coming war zones in the Balkans, when murder and destruction will rule in Kosovo and in virtually the whole area of Yugoslavia, released and ordered by the criminal Serbian politician, Slobodan Miloševic, who will bear the name Death Dictator in certain circles and who will bring endless death and suffering over all of Yugoslavia, but especially in Kosovo.
70. But for this, he will be called to account around the turn of the millennium by the so called International Court of Justice.

Billy:
You actually tell me more than I wanted to know. But you haven’t told me where the real center of the sect will be and what it will be called.

Quetzal:
71. “AOL,” which means “Art of Living.”
72. The country is India, of course; however, up to the turn of the millennium, about 140 countries around the world must come to terms with the fact that they are overflowed with more than 1.5 million sect followers.

Billy:
That's a lot. But it’s always so with sects because erroneous teachings draw in better than the truth, logic, and reason. Thus, erroneous teachings are the best props to find followers and believers of all walks of life and to bind these to themselves.

Quetzal:
73. You speak a true word, which is absolutely correct.

Billy:
What is actually with the beast 666, which functions in a form of prophecy as an evil dictatorship, which should come from Belgium?

Quetzal:
74. With this old customary prophesied beast, which will bear the number of evil and negativity, it concerns in the coming time the so called “European Union,” shortly called the EU, which will be a European wide dictatorship that will be decided on and established with a treaty on the 1st of November, 1993, with a so called “Maastricht Treaty.”
75. Then, along with this, there will be created a political and economic union of the Member States of the advancing “European Economic Community,” the EEC, i.e. the “European Community,” the EC, whose objectives will be the promotion of social and economic progress, with no internal boundaries existing anymore, and the creation of an economic and monetary union.
76. In addition, what will eventually be strived for later is a common foreign affairs policy and a common security policy of the Member States, as well as a common defense policy.
77. It will also be planned for the citizens of the Member States to create a “European Union Citizenship.”
78. Also the areas of the military and the judiciary, as well as road transport and agriculture, as well as the industrial economy should ultimately be determined by the powerful figures of the EU, which will have its residence of power in Brussels, Belgium.
79. But the whole thing will be democratic in no way but will assume dictatorial forms, where the powerful ones negotiate and make decisions among themselves, by what means many still remaining freedoms of the citizens and countries will be limited or will even disappear.
80. Both the EU Member States and their citizens will lose many freedoms and will have to fall to the dictatorial oppression of the mighty EU, but what will especially be evil is that even the powerful figures of the EU Member States will completely and consciously howl injustice with the wolves.
81. And these will also be the ones who, with false and misleading pro propaganda, will entice many citizens of their countries to join the EU.
82. And since the citizens will be misled, they will no longer be strong in their own logical and sensible decision making; consequently, there must be talk of a dictatorial compulsion, when in the coming years and decades, the citizens become enticed to an EU accession.
83. Before that, also Switzerland won’t be spared, for after the turn of the millennium at the latest, strong efforts of the irresponsible ones will occur, in order to force an EU accession.

Billy:
Unpleasant, what you’re saying. The old confederates, who gave their blood for the freedom of Switzerland and the Swiss people, would probably turn over in their graves if they knew all these things. But what lies ahead with the economy, etc.?

Quetzal:
84. Unfortunately, it looks very bleak.
85. The coming time will bring that very many enterprises of large and small style will be dissolved or be driven into bankruptcy by mismanagement and over indebtedness.
86. Unfortunately, this will also apply to the long established firms and enterprises because their irresponsible ones will remove themselves from their leadership in order to arrive quickly at exorbitant wealth, which they will pay to themselves as compensations and settlements, and more and more, these compensation payments will be in the millions.
87. Unhesitatingly and irresponsibly, the managers and directors of the firms, enterprises, and corporations will boundlessly get into debt and ruin these, whereby megalomania will be owned by these irresponsible ones just as much as extravagance, unpredictability, ignorance, and incompetence.
88. All of this will become well known over time, but those in charge of legislative representation don’t concern themselves with this because they themselves will be partly involved in the mismanagement issues.
89. For this reason, the criminal leaders of the firms, enterprises, and corporations won’t be prosecuted by the courts, at least in most cases.
90. Also white collar crime will greatly increase, while the offense amounts will rapidly skyrocket into the millions and hundreds of millions and will even exceed the one billion mark, as this will also be the case with the mismanagement of the firms, enterprises, and corporations.

Billy:
You’re talking about millions and billions of Swiss francs, I assume.

Quetzal:
91. That is correct.

Billy:
Can you tell me one or two names of the enterprises that, in the coming time, will fall under your predictions?

Quetzal:
92. There will be very many that will suffer major damages of a financial form and that will go bankrupt, dismiss many workers, fall hopelessly into debt, or that will simply have to close the enterprise.
93. But probably the most impressive, which will happen in the year 2001, will be the financial destruction of the Swissair, as well as several of its affiliated foreign airlines and several suppliers.

Billy:
You mean that the Swissair will actually collapse?

Quetzal:
94. Yes, that will undoubtedly be the case in the year 2001 (see report page 163).
95. A look into the future has proven this.

Billy:
And what about the Sulzer Corporation?

Quetzal:
96. It, too, will suffer and will dismiss many workers and sell large parts of the company.
97. But these two upcoming events will only be a drop in the bucket, as you tend to say, because it all looks very bad for very many enterprises, firms, and corporations, which will also have reference to the federal fiscal house, because even in the Upper House of Parliament – like already for a long time – there will be no authoritative power that will make the fiscal house profitable and that will be able to lead it to a reduction of its debts; consequently, the Swiss government will continue to fall more heavily into debt.

Billy:
Nice outlooks, but as an individual, one cannot change anything in these precarious matters, not even if one would go to vote for certain things.

Quetzal:
98. That is correct because the members of the parties determine the ballots according to the proposals, pleas, and orders that are given to them, for they are manipulated by the party superiors and are robbed of their own free opinion.
99. Thus, the parties also determine who will exercise a dictatorship over their members, what will be voted yes or no.
100. So individual, more reasonable votes are of no use with ballots.

Billy:
I am also of the same opinion, which is why for as long as I’ve lived, I’ve never gone to a ballot box to cast my vote for or against something. But what all will still happen in the future, I mean specifically for Switzerland?

Quetzal:
101. A great deal will arise there, but I would still like to mention a prediction to you:
102. It will be in the years after 1995, when Switzerland will be confronted with old events of World War II, which will then also carry into the third millennium.
103. A security guard by the name of Christoph Meili will find old data papers in a bank, which will be destined for the shredder and which will show account details of the Jewish people from the last World War.
104. The security guard will steal these papers and hand them over to a Jewish organization in Zurich, which will then cause serious consequences for the banks and Switzerland, whereby billions of sums will be demanded, which are supposed to be paid to the surviving relatives or to those who are still living, who will still have a right to the accounts.
105. This Meili will flee to America during the course of the negotiations, even though the Swiss courts will have nothing on him.
106. The true reason for his escape will be money, which he will then hope to receive from organizations for his treason against Switzerland.
107. The whole thing will be but the prelude to ensure that the Swiss government and banks, as well as various economic enterprises, will be attacked several times for financial reasons of lawyers, especially by a lawyer Fagan of American origin, who will be out for money and fame.

Billy:
This, indeed, had to come. Those in power of Switzerland didn’t exactly exhibit the cleanest waistcoats at the time of World War II. Just think of the fact that in 1945, for example, these lunatics wanted to test atom bombs in the Gotthard region, especially just the powerful military figures, or that the Swiss Red Cross operated espionage during World War II at the war fronts, or that people were sentenced to death and executed by the Swiss military, whereby even innocents were simply gunned down. Unfortunately, I was able to look on such an execution myself, for my godfather, Alfred Flückiger, secretly led me to the execution site, where we hid ourselves in the bushes and were able to observe everything.

Quetzal:
108. That is well known to me.

Billy:
Good. In your remarks, you explained different things that you first mentioned recently. But how does it stand with the fact that in the coming time, something happens that will actually move the whole world? Will something actually occur as such or will everything remain the same as everyday life, which the Earth people have already faced and have already been accustomed to for so long, whereby they are indifferent toward all events relating to this? Most people have become largely indifferent towards all misfortune, towards war, murder, torture, dictatorship, and crime, etc., so something special would already have to happen to pull them out of their lethargy. So the question is whether something will happen in the coming time, such that it arouses something in the people, even if it may only be for a short time or for a moment?

Quetzal:
109. According to our predictions, that will actually be the case; the marriage between the British heir to the throne, Prince Charles, and Princess Diana will end in divorce in August of 1996.
110. In this respect, at least about the fact that this marriage won’t be good, Semjase already reported to you at the beginning of the eighties.
111. But this won’t be the actual world moving event that you asked for, but I think that the aforesaid and what is yet to be said will contribute to the event because after the divorce, Princess Diana will lead a rather eventful life, will newly fall in love, and will die with her lover by a heavy traffic accident.
112. This will happen on the 31st of August in Paris.
113. At 12:35 AM, the vehicle – which will be driven by an ordered driver, with Diana and her lover, Emad al Fayed, who is called “Dodi” –  will come to a road tunnel at the River Seine at very high speed and will skid and crash into a concrete pillar.
114. Al Fayed and the driver, Henri Paul, will die immediately, while the then 36 year old Princess Diana, who will be critically injured, will be admitted to the hospital and will die shortly before four o'clock in the morning.
115. The bodyguard will be the only one in the car with his seat belt buckled, which will lead to the fact that he – though badly injured – will survive.
116. A combination of different factors will lead to the disaster, namely that on the one hand, the driver, Henri Paul, will be under the influence of drugs and alcohol and will drive the vehicle at around 200 kilometers per hour on the road and through the tunnel, and on the other hand, what will also play a role is that Diana, along with her lover, will try to escape in the armored Mercedes 280S from the obtrusive paparazzi, who will bother her and pursue her on their motorcycles.
117. Another vehicle that will be in the tunnel will be another cause of the accident because through a sideswipe of the same by Diana’s Mercedes, the actual catapult process will be triggered.
118. Nevertheless, a clarification of this process won’t take place, so the actual circumstances of the event won’t be clarified by the police and specialists because even the other vehicle of a white color won’t be able to be found.
119. This will be the event, to which the entire world public will respond with dismay and sadness.
120. On the 6th of September, the world will then take leave of Princess Diana, when a memorial service is held for her in England at London’s Westminster Abbey.
(See newspaper reports: Semjase Block 4, pages 72 76)

Billy:
Then another question: with us, the view prevails with the Earth people that descendants would have to follow in the footsteps of their parents, usually in those of the fathers. By this, I mean that, for example, a son – or several sons, if there are several of these – would take on the same occupation of his father, or – if one or another exists – would take over his company or business and continue it on. How is this with you; do the same views exist with you?

Quetzal:
121. No, that is not the case.
122. All descendants are entirely free in their choice of activity, so there is never a desire that children must perform the same activity, etc. as their parents, neither in relation to the father nor mother and, thus, neither a son nor a daughter.
123. So for example, parents can be an Ischwisch and/or Ischrisch, while a son of theirs learns a simple craft, as this can also be the case for a daughter.
124. Parents always only play an advisory role with their descendants, but it is never insisted by them that the descendants would have to turn to a specific activity, etc.
125. And before you ask:
126. This also has reference to the choice of a partner as well as to the education of the descendants and, of course, also to the home of choice, etc.

Billy:
I think that’s good. It also corresponds to my sense. Then another question: do you actually know a lot about the sailor’s yarn?

Quetzal:
127. You see me without understanding.
128. What does sailor’s yarn mean?
129. The term is unknown to me.

Billy:
Oh, excuse me. Unbelievable and fantastic stories that are told by sailors are called sailor’s yarn.

Quetzal:
130. Do you mean stories about Kalfaterns?

Billy:
No, it has nothing to do with that. By the way, how did you come across that word?

Quetzal:
131. It belongs to our German usage.

Billy:
You can forget that word, in order to try to make yourself understandable, for this term has no longer been in use for a long time. It traces back to an old German language and means a “haunt” in a good or bad sense. However, this Kalfatern, i.e. a haunt, is a matter of the “ship’s kobold,” which continues to be known as a “ship’s spirit,” which means that the ship’s kobolds are only of importance among the sailors but not among the landlubbers. The ship’s kobold, i.e. the “ship’s spirit” – so says the popular belief, but especially the sailors’ belief – knocks against the ship’s planks to warn the sailors that repairs to the ship’s walls must be made. But on the other hand, the ship’s kobold should also announce disaster, such as a severe storm, a plague on board, or even the sinking of the ship. So it can appear in difficult situations as a good spirit or as a goblin that brings misfortune and death to the ship and its crew. This is the sailors’ belief and the popular belief.

Quetzal:
132. Then the word “klabusern” would probably be right, or is it “klabustern?”

Billy:
No, because that means something else again. The term “klabautern” would be right. The word addressed by you is called “klabustern” and is a variant of “klabastern.” On the one hand, in the language of soldiers, it means that other people, i.e. recruits, are “ruthlessly drilled” and compressed together and then made into useful, obedient, and disciplined soldiers. On the other hand, Klabustern also refers to the so called “Klabusterbeere.” This is a product of impurity, namely with humans and animals. These are small, dried up excrement residues, small balls of excrement that stick in the hairs around the anus. Wait a minute; it is probably here in the dictionary – one moment… yes, here. It says the same thing as what I told you. Still in reference to “Klabusterbeere” and the language of soldiers, it is said in jargon that “someone let the ‘Klabusterbeeren’ fly from his ass.”

Quetzal:
133. A harsh language.

Billy:
That is just so among the Earthlings. But back to the sailor’s yarn: since ancient times, sailors have told tales about sea monsters that they would have seen, and such monsters should have always had such enormous proportions that they should have pulled even large oceangoing vessels into the deep. In particular, these old stories exist about giant squid with enormously long tentacles. Have you ever tried to investigate these stories, and what should actually be thought of these, as well as of these sea monsters? Are these actually real, or is it all, in the end, just a great sailor fabulation?

Quetzal:
134. These sailors’ stories throughout the centuries are familiar to us, and we have, in fact, endeavored to clarify them.
135. And even though many fabulations, as you say, can be found in these sailors’ stories, there existed, and there actually exists, the described sea monsters, if one wants to call them such.
136. At the same time, there are different genera, as well as specific species that developed from these, but so far, these have not yet been discovered or rather have not been found, by the earthly researchers and scientists.
137. And since you speak of squid in particular, I can tell you this, that there are actually such gigantic creatures in the oceans; it’s just that they live at very great depths and only rarely come to the surface of the ocean.
138. The largest of these giant squids – which we found at great ocean depths, so at a depth of more than 2,000 meters – exhibited a height of 25 meters, from which emerged 10 tentacles, which were 99.6 meters in length.
139. But we only found this size among the cephalopods, while other gigantic animals only exhibited sizes of up to 52 meters, such as calamari.

*Translator's Note: For one to get a rough idea as to how large the squid was that the Plejarens discovered at the depths of one of Earth's oceans, a picture appears below, which corresponds to a 125 meter long squid lying next to a standard football field.


 

Billy:
Cephalopod – so squids, which are also known to us as cuttlefishes.

Quetzal:
140. That is correct.
141. But now, you should slowly come to an end with your questions.

Billy:
I will. But if you still have some time, then I would still have two or three questions to ask.

Quetzal:
142. Certainly.

Billy:
Good, thank you. How were Minoa and the Minoan culture destroyed? Do you know much about this?

Quetzal:
143. The history of the Earth and the history of nations fall into my area.
144. Thus, I can give you information:
145. Two factors were to blame for the fall of the Minoan culture, namely on the one hand, the disorder of the Minoan society, which was very divided in some respects and which created evil hatred in the various social structures, even due to the disagreement that the Minoan empire threatened to fall apart.
146. The cultural structures split apart, and soon, the whole thing threatened to degenerate into a war of the entire citizenry and, thus, of all levels of society.
147. But before this could happen, a tremendous natural disaster occurred, namely as the Santorini Volcano erupted and burst forth lava, gas, steam, and ash, whereby the ashes alone exhibited the large amount of 73.6 cubic kilometers.
148. Also vast sulfur fumes belonged to this, whereby the whole atmosphere was so polluted and shrouded in a veil that the Sun was darkened, and climate changes emerged from this, which lasted for several years.
149. Low temperatures arose from the veil of smoke and dust in the atmosphere, which caused many years of harvest failures.
150. The bad and poor harvests led to the great famine during the following period.
151. In addition, the Santorini volcano did the rest, for as a result of its powerful eruption and the subsequent explosion – which triggered gigantic tsunamis that devastated the large areas of the Minoan island when the waters raged across the island – many buildings and lands were destroyed, while very many people lost their lives.
152. The largest tsunami, however, the huge tidal wave caused by the explosion of the volcano, rolled far across the sea to Egypt, being red with the blood of countless slaughtered aquatic animals, by what means the river Nile then colored itself red, and many people in Egypt died.
153. But the tsunami found no end in Egypt and rolled back into the sea, where it united with another tsunami, which was generated by the explosion of the Santorini volcano, and rolled eastward, where the country was destroyed once again and people were killed, when the wild waters penetrated into the country.

Billy:
As a doctor, what do you know about breast cancer – what causes this?

Quetzal:
154. As a rule, this suffering is of a gene contingent nature.

Billy:
And what gene is responsible for it?

Quetzal:
155. I may not explain that officially but may only tell you in confidence.
156. What gene it concerns, the terrestrial scientists and researchers have to find out themselves, for our directives prohibit direct explanatory interference in foreign cultures and civilizations, in terms of progress, etc.

Billy:
Good, accepted. So no other question about it. As it now stands with the climate of the Earth, however, it is always said that this is warming up. Does it actually become warmer?

Quetzal:
157. The year 2001 will be the warmest one out of the previous 200 years until then, and global warming will still continue even after that.
158. On the one hand, this warming has already been happening for decades through entirely natural processes and phenomena of the Earth and the Sun, as I already explained once before, and on the other hand, it also occurs through the unreasonable interference of the Earth people on the climate, through air pollution and consequent production of a greenhouse effect.

Billy:
Semjase once told me something in connection with the movement of matter and light.

Quetzal:
159. I can remember that because I was there when she told you that light can move any matter, and it actually does this.

Billy:
Thank you. Yes, that’s it – exactly. As you know, I’ve gathered and calculated a lot with regard to the Christian calendar. You’ve also told me that I had calculated very precisely and that only small errors were contained in my calculations. With respect to these calculations, I have endeavored again and recently discovered that the actual birth of Jmmanuel must have taken place not four, six, or even seven years before the Christian calendar but rather five years. This means that Jmmanuel effectively must have seen the light of this world five years before the Christian calendar. Through a look into the past, I also discovered that at the time of his birth, not only was a beaming spaceship visible in the sky, but also actually a very large comet, which could be seen all over the world, namely for about several weeks.

Quetzal:
160. Your explanations are correct.
161. And since you alone have now found the true facts, nothing more stands in the way for me to tell you further details.
162. The exact year of Jmmanuel’s birth was five years before the Christian calendar known today.
163. At that time, there actually was a very large and unusually strongly radiating comet that was observable from the Earth, which we call the “Fruitful One,” because from very early times, inseminations for the Earth and for the planet Phaeton, i.e. Malona, have gone out from it, by what means life could develop on these two SOL satellites.
164. The “Fruitful One,” however, has an extremely long period of revolution on a path that leads far out into the Oort cloud.
165. Accordingly, it will take more than 11,000 years, according to Earth’s measure of time, before a return of this comet occurs in the SOL system.
166. Its orbital period is 13,200 years.
167. Together with this event of the appearance of the “Fruitful One,” the birth of Jmmanuel also took place on the 3rd of February, five years before the Christian calendar, whereby the 3rd of February of today's calendar is converted for the time and the day of that time.
168. At that same time, when Jmmanuel was born, in order to monitor and supervise everything, a large Plejaren beamship was stationed high in the atmosphere over Bethlehem.
169. This radiated very brightly, for it was one of those aircraft that collect energy from the atmosphere, which light up, radiating very strongly, when they penetrate into the area of the processing system, through which anti gravity is produced.

Billy:
Aha. Then I still have one last question: here in Switzerland, as well as in other countries, people who kill another human being under the influence of alcohol – or who knock another down and kill him with a vehicle, like in the case of my brother Karl, who died at the beginning of the year in this manner – are only very mildly punished. When a person is knocked down and killed, if the driver of the vehicle is drunk, usually only very small fines are imposed on the respective death driver, as this happened when my brother was knocked down and killed. The driver of the vehicle only received a fine of 300 Franks; that was all. In the maximum case, if it ever has to come to this, a very short term of imprisonment might be imposed on such a death driver, which is so ridiculously short that it practically can’t be seen as a punishment but as just a state holiday. What do you think of this, and how would your legislation judge these things?

Quetzal:
170. Our laws clearly stipulate that if such an act was committed in a drunken state, then it would equal a serious felony, which would also accordingly have to be punished very harshly.
171. Such an act is, in fact, a clearly deliberate act of murder, for if a person gets drunk on alcohol, he very well knows and is aware of the fact that in his drunken state, he loses control over himself, over his mental competence, and over his reactivity, etc.
172. But in the case of drunkenness, the cognition of this knowledge and this responsibility to be borne is deliberately disowned, whereby disasters, accidents, misfortunes, and crimes are casually accepted; therefore, a person in a drunken state is undoubtedly fully responsible for his actions and deeds, and so, he should also accordingly be punished, harshly and impartially, like with any other delinquent and non drunken and, thus, sober and fully conscious person, just as every crime is included in this.
173. So drunkenness is never a reason for a reduced sentence, but on the contrary, it is a reason for severe punishment, when a criminal offense or even a felony, such as murder, is committed.
174. A reduced sentence can only ever be given when there are actually mitigating factors present, like with true mental incompetence.
175. However, such is not given in the drunken state, namely for the explained reason that there is a prior, conscious knowledge of the potential disaster, misfortune, accident, and crime.

Billy:
So in the drunken state, each form of killing, such as a crime resulting in death, etc., is effective murder.

Quetzal:
176. That is correct.
177. So it is also held in our laws.

Billy:
Aha, and I thought that you only had weak alcoholic drinks and no more people who get drunk.

Quetzal:
178. You misunderstood something.
179. We have very weak alcoholic drinks, but the alcohol content is so low that it can only be measured as a small fraction of a percent of alcohol content.
180. Therefore, it isn’t possible that a person could get drunk on alcohol, not even if he could drink several liters of such a drink.
181. Nevertheless, we still have an old conventional legislation that governs alcoholism, as well as intoxication by alcohol and acts of every kind that are committed in this state, so when one is killed or a crime is otherwise committed or when any harm, accident, or misfortune is caused.
182. But this legislation is already more than 5,600 years old and has never had to be put to use since that time when our alcoholic drinks were reduced in their percentages in such a way as I explained to you.
183. Moreover, the people of our world have learned and have adjusted themselves to get by without alcoholic drinks, for these are not necessary for a normal and healthy lifestyle.
184. Of course, wine, for example, can have a health promoting effect, if this is enjoyed with measure and a goal, as this is also the case with other substances, but on our part, we have so aligned our food toward the highest possible health values that we have no longer needed alcoholic drinks for more than 5,600 years, which also eliminated the dangers of evil caused by drunkenness.

Bllly:
Oh, I see. I’ve actually misunderstood something there. But could I expect that you, and maybe even Ptaah, would drink a glass of wine with me, if I were to find you one?

Quetzal:
185. Nothing should prevent that, if it is a rare or unique case.

Billy:
Of course, for I wouldn’t want to make you alcoholics, which I myself also wouldn’t want to be. Only, until it has come so far that I can enjoy some alcoholic drinks again, due to my collapse on the 4th of November, 1982, some time will still pass, because for the time being, it’s just impossible for me. Later, it will probably only remain a rarity, if it should once again come so far that every now and then, I might actually be able to drink a glass of wine or a small glass of liqueur, if I can bear with my medication, but I must still leave this question open and cannot answer it yet. The future will show me what will be.

Quetzal:
186. If it should be that you can take in some alcohol again, then I will confer with Ptaah regarding your proposal.

Billy:
Of course. – Ah, I suppose that you have the freedom to decide for yourselves as to whether or not you want to drink alcohol – or is there an ordinance that forbids this, thus, a ban?

Quetzal:
187. No, that is not the case because the abstention from alcohol is founded on a voluntary basis, so we can very well drink alcohol if we want.

Billy:
And concerning this, how is it with your federation members?

Quetzal:
188. Some are inclined towards moderation in strong alcoholic drinks, but others act as we do.
189. But even those who consume alcohol in moderation do not get drunk.

Billy:
It is very pleasing to hear that in the vastness of space, there are people who, in this respect – and certainly in many other concerns – are much more rational and more responsible in their thoughts and actions than most of the Earth people.

Quetzal:
190. That is a word of truth.
191. But now, my friend, it’s time for me to tell you goodbye, for my duties call me.
192. But I don’t want to neglect to express to you my special thanks for your teachings with regard to the sailors’ yarn and the ship’s kobold and the other terms.
193. Farewell now – and by the way, I’m glad to see that you’re making health progress, even if it still isn’t the best with your well being.
194. But even that will yet arise, as I’ve told you.
195. Now farewell, my friend, and once again, my best thanks.

Billy:
Bye, Quetzal. It is my pleasure to have you as a friend. Until we meet again.



214th Contact
Tuesday, February 3, 1987, 2:39 PM

Billy:
Be also greeted, my friend. And be welcome. May I ask you, at the outset of our conversation, to answer some questions?

Quetzal:
1. Certainly.
2. But later, I would like to discuss with you some concerns that are of a purely private nature.

Billy:
Of course. Well then: since you concern yourself, among many other things, also with Biblical history, or more precisely Hebrew history, and since you call rather large areas of knowledge your own in this respect, you can surely tell me what’s up with the exodus from Egypt, in reference to the duration of the crossing of the desert. In the Bible, it is claimed that the great exodus wandering lasted for 40 years, until the entrance into the so called “promised land” took place.

Quetzal:
3. This assertion of the Bible does not correspond to the truth because the time of the entire exodus up to the invasion and occupation of the “promised land” only lasted for 40 weeks.

Billy:
So 40 is true, but these weren’t years but rather only weeks. At the same time, when I consider the distance from Egypt to Palestine, then the reality hits even sooner, because where would the Hebrews have wandered around in the desert for 40 years and on what would they have lived and satisfied their thirst? Moreover, the Mediterranean Sea was always on the left side from Egypt to Palestine, by which the refugees could orient themselves and along which they also moved, alternating in the nearer distance and then again in the further distance. – Now, also regarding the death of Moses, statements are made that are not correct, as Semjase once explained to me. What is the truth concerning this?

Quetzal:
4. Moses was murdered by Joshua and his accomplices.
5. The reason for this was rather manifold.
6. On the one hand, Joshua wanted to gain control over the Hebrews, which is why he later claimed that in this respect, Moses had determined this through God’s command, for it was even God’s will.
7. And on the other hand, Moses became hated by many, as well as by the murderous accomplices, not in the least because of the fratricides of the unbelievers of God and of Moses, which were mercilessly committed against all those who were not of Moses’ view and who did not believe his words and who contributed to strife through this.

Billy:
So that was it. Well then: on my great journey, it was shown to me by Ptaah, at a little more than 50 million light years away from the SOL system, a galaxy, in whose center an enormously gigantic explosion allowed everything to shake. I have told an engineer, Reiz, about this, but I no longer remember the name of the galaxy.

Quetzal:
8. Semjase told me about that.
9. The name of the galaxy?
10. We call it GLOBALUNG.
11. Also on Earth, it will become well known among the people, but only around the turn of the millennium; however, it will already be well known to astronomers prior to this.
12. Their designation for it will be NGC 4636.
 
Translator's Note: The following article was taken from: http://chandra.harvard.edu/photo/2001/0144/

NGC 4636:
Hot Galactic Arms Point To Vicious Cycle


 
Credit: NASA/SAO/CXC/C.Jones et al.

Chandra's image of the elliptical NGC 4636 shows spectacular symmetric arms, or arcs, of hot gas extending 25,000 light years into a huge cloud of multimillion degree Celsius gas that envelopes the galaxy. At a temperature of 10 million degrees, the arms are 30 percent hotter than the surrounding gas cloud.

The temperature jump, together with the symmetry and scale of the arms indicate that the arms are the leading edge of a galaxy sized shock wave that is racing outward from the center of the galaxy at 700 kilometers per second. An explosion with an energy equivalent to several hundred thousand supernovas would be required to produce this effect.

This eruption could be the latest episode in a feedback cycle of violence that keeps the galaxy in a state of turmoil. The cycle starts when a hot gas cloud that envelops the stars in the galaxy cools and falls inward toward a central, massive black hole. The feeding of the black hole by the infalling gas leads to an explosion that heats the hot gaseous envelope, which then cools over a period of several million years to begin the cycle anew.

Fast Facts for NGC 4636:	
Credit 	NASA/SAO/CXC/C.Jones et al.
Scale 	Image is 5 x 4 arcmin across.
Category 	Normal Galaxies & Starburst Galaxies
Coordinates (J2000) 	RA 12h 42m 50s | Dec +02° 41' 17"
Constellation 	Virgo
Observation Dates 	January 26 27, 2000
Observation Time 	15 hours
Obs. IDs 	323
Color Code 	Intensity
Instrument 	ACIS
Distance Estimate 	50 million light years
Release Date 	December 19, 2001

Billy:
Aha. – To view this galaxy was, for me, something especially remarkable. Yet since we’re already at it: if I remember correctly, Ptaah also explained to me that comet tails carry toxic substances with themselves, which are also essential ingredients for the formation of dwarf suns, from which larger stars can then develop.

Quetzal:
13. That is correct.
14. The main toxic substance of this kind is hydrocyanic acid.

Billy:
Hydrocyanic acid… yes, I remember; Ptaah said hydrocyanic acid. This is, indeed, highly toxic to humans. Depending on the amount of hydrocyanic acid consumed, severe cramps, vomiting, shortness of breath, and then unconsciousness and death set in, namely as a result of respiratory paralysis. First aid can, in fact, only be rendered via fresh air resuscitation, and to be sure, only by a device, i.e. by a suitable apparatus. Under no circumstances may mouth to mouth resuscitation be performed because through this, the helping person poisons himself through the rescue breathing and can even die, just because he, through the mouth to mouth breathing, inhales the poisonous breath of the poisoned person.

Quetzal:
15. That is correct.
16. A poisoning by hydrocyanic acid or its salts, particularly potassium cyanide, through the gastrointestinal tract, through the lungs or the skin, causes a blockage of the inner cell respiration.
17. With the iron atom of the respiratory enzymes, an iron cyanide complex is formed, which impairs the oxygen combining capacity and the oxygen intake into the cells so severely that these functions fail and expire completely.

Billy:
You are, among other things, also a doctor and must know this exactly.

Quetzal:
18. That is correct.

Billy:
I am still in outer space with my questions, and this time, with the asteroid Eros, which I was allowed to view during the great journey and which looks similar to a potato, with thousands of large boulders that are scattered about and that are covered in many places by blue dust or other blue material, whereby also many craters cover the surface of the space projectile. The largest crater, as Ptaah said, is about 7,500 meters wide, if I remember correctly. In addition, now the question that one asked me: over and over again, it is to be read that this asteroid could collide with the Earth one day, which would mean a global catastrophe and the end of all life on Earth, since Eros still has a size of about 35 kilometers. What should be thought of this, also with regard to other asteroids that also often come into the vicinity of the Earth? Is the anxiety justified concerning such a catastrophe?

Quetzal:
19. In relation to the asteroid Eros, not in any way, unless upheavals in the SOL System would occur, through which a change could be brought about, as this would also be possible through influences that are foreign to the SOL system, such as by large comets or wandering planets, like the Destroyer, by which the asteroid could be thrown from its orbit and be directed towards the Earth, but this is extremely unlikely.
20. The possibility that Eros could fall to the Earth in the foreseeable future is less than three percent.
21. But on the other hand, there is a continuously ongoing possibility that impacts can occur on the Earth by other asteroids, but these do not exhibit as enormous proportions as Eros, yet they could still cause enormous catastrophes.
22. However, these asteroids are small in size, namely from a few meters to a few kilometers.
23. During the period leading up to the turn of the millennium, a number of such objects will arrive in the near vicinity of Earth, but without endangering the Earth directly, even if, at the same time, the distance mark of such an asteroid falls below the 200,000 kilometer mark from the Earth, and thus, the object passes closer to the Earth than the Moon.
24. Also, at the end of the first and at the beginning of the second year of the new millennium, an asteroid the size of a few hundred meters, which will still be unknown to the earthly scientists until then, will cross Earth’s orbit at a distance of a little more than half a million kilometers away, as this will also be the case several times with a small number of other asteroids until then.
25. With a few exceptions, all of these objects will be discovered by the terrestrial scientists and amateur astronomers, when the time comes closer to the Earth.
26. This also applies in relation to comets, which are newly discovered and which sometimes exhibit orbital periods that are thousands of years long, for they travel far beyond the Oort cloud in their orbits.

Billy:
Well, then to purely earthly problems, if I may say so. Actually, it is a problem, that the earthly fortune tellers, astrologers, and clairvoyants, etc. drive the people into anxiety and terror with their allegedly precise predictions. One of you once said that a clearly and rationally thinking person – if he considers, analyzes and, therefore, evaluates all facts precisely – arrives at a prediction rate of about 14 percent reliability, i.e. accuracy, while the percentages for the clairvoyants, fortune tellers, and astrologers and similar stored nonsense bringers are only at an accuracy rate of a maximum of 3 to 4 percent.

Quetzal:
27. That, too, is correct.
28. People who use their normal and healthy intellect to make a prediction of the future – on the basis of existing situations and events, facts, etc. and, thus, on the basis of past and present situations of any kind – usually arrive at an average correctness value of about 14 percent.
29. This, in contrast to all the flimsy, misleading, fanciful, senseless, and unrealistic projections and statements of clairvoyants, astrologers, and fortune tellers, etc., whose success rates lie at a maximum of 3 to 4 percent.

Billy:
Then at least 3 to 4 percent accuracy.

Quetzal:
30. Unfortunately no, for this isn’t something that is based on a recognition of the future but solely on a stroke of fate, which is erroneously called “chance” by the Earth people, although there is no such thing in that sense, because chance is only given when, for example, something falls to a person, such as portion of a profit or, otherwise, a share of something.
31. Only in this way can the term “chance” have its correctness, but not with respect to when something unexpected arises, which one wasn’t counting on and, therefore, which arises from the joining together of the given and complementary and interlocking relationships, and thus becomes a stroke of fate.

Billy:
You explained that well. In truth, things, situations, and events, as well as occurrences, etc., simply fit themselves together and join into one another in such a way that a particular effect emerges from this, freely according to the law of causality, that is, the law of cause and effect. This will result in certain effects that, in turn, arise from specific causes, as I just explained. So strokes of fate are nothing other than occurrences, events, incidents, and situations, etc. that result from a certain joining together, in order to act as specific causes. So for example, if it happens that two people meet unexpectedly somewhere in a foreign country, then it cannot and should not be designated as “chance” but rather solely as a stroke of fate, for the causes of this are given that both people traveled to the same country and are staying at the same place, where they will then meet. So the one joins itself to the other and the one to another, from which then emerges the result, i.e. the effect, even the stroke of fate.

Quetzal:
32. Another time, I must say that this, too, is correct.

Billy:
Nice. – Good then. Here, I have another question from an eleven year old boy, who occupies himself with ornithology and, thus, with the study of birds. He asked me about how the birds know what they can eat. With this, he means, what is edible for them and what is inedible, i.e. toxic, for them or how the birds know, in particular, what berries to eat, whether the fruits would be ripe and good for them.

Quetzal:
33. That is no secret.
34. Mature fruits and berries store and reflect solar radiation, and when these are ripe, they emit light in the ultraviolet range, even when the Sun isn’t shining.
35. This shortwave light is perceived by the birds, as well as by certain animals and insects, and it is the signal that the fruits or berries are ripe for digestion.
36. This equally applies to the edibility of fruits and berries, grasses and leaves, etc., which emit a certain radiation that is perceived by the organisms and that informs them that the food which is important for them is nontoxic.

Billy:
Thank you for the explanation; the boy will be happy about it. – With Semjase, I once observed an optical phenomenon in the Arctic, namely three Suns, which came about by the fact that the real Sun was reflected twice in the atmosphere, once to the left and once to the right of its actual location. What I want to ask is this: does this phenomenon appear every year?

Quetzal:
37. That is correct, yes.

Billy:
As a doctor and physician, etc., you can surely explain to me how fatigue arises, right?

Quetzal:
38. I can do that. –
39. In the nerve cells, the resting substance, adenosine, is formed, through which listlessness and fatigue arise.

Billy:
And – can this actually be counteracted with coffee and tea?

Quetzal:
40. The waking amine, caffeine, of coffee and the theine of tea can actually counteract the adenosine.
41. If substances such as caffeine or theine, etc. are fed to the body while it is lethargic, tired, and in need of recuperation, then these will produce a counter effect with respect to the adenosine, namely by suppressing or neutralizing this, whereby the maximum effect of the caffeine and theine or other similar waking amines will be achieved, but only about 1 ½ hours after their consumption.
42. But soon, the effect of the waking amines will diminish again, which means for the body in need of recuperation and for its nerve cells which produce the adenosine that now, the resting substance must be increasingly produced, by what means listlessness and fatigue become apparent in an intensified form.

Billy:
Lately, the question arises again and again as to what circumstances cause the so called “infant death,” whereby there are many speculations about this. Can you tell me a few things about this?

Quetzal:
43. Because there are several reasons for this, it wouldn’t make sense to mention them all.
44. However, it should be said that there is an erroneous view of the so called “infant death,” which is also known as “sudden infant death syndrome” among the Earth people.
45. This erroneous view consists of the notion that small children, primarily infants, are supposed to be placed on their bellies in order to be put to sleep or after a meal.
46. This crazy view is based on the wrong acceptance that there is a lower risk of choking if the child would suddenly vomit or simply cough up what has been eaten.
47. But when infants are placed on their bellies, they are exposed to the risk that the heart and lungs, as well as the other vital organs, will become impaired in their functions as a result of the pressure on the belly, which can lead to sudden death and also to the fact that the exhaled carbon dioxide is inhaled again, due to the infant lying on the belly, which can lead to a quick and deadly result.
48. Another important point to be mentioned in relation to sudden infant death syndrome is found with the parents or parental guardians.
49. And, unfortunately, precisely this fact to be mentioned is unknown to the doctors and medical professionals and to the courts and supervisory bodies on Earth, which is extremely regrettable.
50. The reason why there are so many sudden infant deaths to be mentioned in all countries of the world, although mainly in the so called civilized countries or industrial nations, is because sudden infant death syndrome is induced consciously and also unconsciously by a parent, or even by both parents, but also by parental substitutes, namely when these lose nervous control over themselves and uncontrollably maltreat the infants, shaking and abusing them to such an extent that deadly injuries to the brain arise, by what means sudden death occurs within minutes, hours, or a few days.
51. Unfortunately, this fact will run rampant more and more, for the people – mainly those of the industrialized countries – become increasingly indifferent, addicted to pleasure, unsteady, unkind, and disliking among themselves and toward each other.
52. But at the same time, they also strain their nerves as a result of this, which lets them get out of control very quickly, in order to commit thoughtless and uncontrolled actions as a further consequence, accompanied by fierce anger that can have deadly results, just like when young children are abused in the aforementioned manner, whereby sudden infant death is then the result.
53. But unfortunately, research in this direction has not yet been performed by the Earth person, which is why no relevant findings will be made for quite some time, so also not with regard to other forms of maltreatment of small children by adults, by whom sudden infant death syndrome is induced.

Billy:
That is horrible. How long will it take, then, until it has come so far that this form of sudden infant death syndrome is recognized and the respective uncaring parents are called to account?

Quetzal:
54. Unfortunately, on Earth, i.e. with the Earth people, true justice is still written in very small letters, for there is still too much negligence, and thus, serious and very severe crimes are punished more mildly and more gently than small offenses.
55. It often seems that the courts would have great respect for serious and very severe crimes and, therefore, would pass more lenient sentences for these than what seems to be the case with smaller crimes, for which no respect is given and which, thus, are condemned harshly.
56. But to answer your question, I must say that it will still take a long time before the aforementioned criminal form of sudden infant death syndrome is recognized and punished.
57. Before the start of the third millennium, this won’t be the case.
58. So, in any case, it must be accepted.

Billy:
So nothing else remains but to wait.

Quetzal:
59. There is no other possibility.

Billy:
So just stick to it. Then another question: did Luke ever make a portrait of Jmmanuel? To my knowledge, such is attributed to him.

Quetzal:
60. That does not correspond to the truth.
61. Luke in no way mastered the art of drawing, so he was also in no position to produce a portrait of Jmmanuel.
62. Such a portrait of Jmmanuel, which is attributed to him, comes from an artist of Italian origin, who never saw Jmmanuel and who also had no description with respect to Jmmanuel’s appearance.
63. His name was Alphonso Stranieri.

Billy:
Then I have a question in reference to Queen Nofretete, who was the wife of Pharaoh Amenhotep IV, who was also known as Akhenaten and who, to my knowledge, reigned in the 14th Century B.C., from 1364 to 1347. Where was Nofretete actually buried? Her real name, so I think, was Nefertiti, right?

Quetzal:
64. That is correct.
65. Nevertheless, a tomb of Nefertiti does not exist but rather only one of her double, who was the concubine of Amenhotep IV/Akhenaten, but this was kept secret and, thus, also wasn’t handed down in any records.
66. The name of Nefertiti’s double was Chepris, which meant “The Powerful One,” while Nefertiti’s name meant “The Beautiful One Has Come.”
67. Nefertiti and Chepris were neither twin sisters nor in any way connected to each other in kinship, yet they were hardly able to be distinguished by those who were initiated.
68. Thus, both of them alternately appeared before the people, who remained unaware of the fact that these were two different women who, moreover, hated one another until death.
69. In consequence of this, then, it came to the murder of Chepris, who was killed by Nefertiti with snake venom.
70. Both were boundlessly jealous of each other, even though Amenhotep IV, i.e. Akhenaten, treated both of them equally.
71. After the murder, Nefertiti naturally feared the revenge and punishment of Akhenaten, so she disguised herself and fled from the palace undetected, in order to board a ship with accomplices, which should have taken them to foreign lands.
72. After several hours on the Mediterranean Sea, however, they were surprised by a heavy storm, by which the small ship was shattered and sank, together with Nefertiti and the whole crew, into the wild waters.
73. That was the actual end of Nefertiti.
74. After the murder of Chepris, Akhenaten let her be secretly buried and took as his wife her twin sister, who resembled her to the hair, and this was the one who henceforth lived at the side of Amenhotep IV as Nefertiti and as an Egyptian queen and who entered into history.

Billy:
And the model bust made of painted limestone, which was found in Amarna during excavations, now represents the real Nefertiti?

Quetzal:
75. In addition to the bust mentioned by you, several unfinished ones still exist.
76. But all of them do not represent Nefertiti but represent Chepris’ identical twin sister, Nephthe, as her name was.

Billy:
Pretty obscure, this history. But it fits well with that time period. And since we’re in Egypt: how is it that so many archaeologists and grave robbers met sudden deaths while excavating or robbing the ancient Pharaohs’ tombs or else died within hours, days, or a few weeks?

Quetzal:
77. There are several reasons for that, but the two most important ones are the following:
78. To protect the tombs against grave robbery, one method was that spines, which were thinner than hair and which were of the fruit of the Indian cactus, were soaked with deadly poisons, were dried, and were then painted onto bandages, with which the dead were wrapped.
79. The deadly poisons of the kind that was used are extremely stable and are still effective even after thousands of years.
80. Now, if grave robbers and archaeologists, etc. touched the bandages of the mummified bodies, then the poisonous spines penetrated into their hands, without this being noticed, because the spines of the cactus figs are much thinner than human hair.
81. In addition, the insidious poison was of a different kind, so it was also different in the temporal effect, which could occur in either hours or days or only after two or three weeks.
82. Another very popular and lethal means was the use of fungal spores that were cultivated specifically for the purpose of the quick killing of the grave robbers, so the bandages of the deceased as well as the Sarcophagi and the tomb walls, etc. were infected with these.
83. Now, when grave robbers – or later archaeologists – entered the tombs, as a result of their entering and also by the work taken up, they whirled up dust that was loaded with deadly fungal spores.
84. The extremely toxic dust was inhaled by the grave robbers and archaeologists, and this quickly led to death, which came about very quickly or over days or over several weeks.
85. These are the two main ways, by which the tombs and the treasures of the Pharaohs were protected against grave robbers.

Billy:
Interesting. – What do you think about meddling in other people’s cultures, i.e. in their interests, etc.? By this, I mean not only interfering in foreign cultures of foreign planets and civilizations, but specifically what is common on Earth, especially in connection with the religions, and I think especially of Christianity, which has sent its henchmen, representatives, priests, and missionaries to foreign nations since ages ago, to natives and to other faiths, in order to convert these to the Christian faith and to the civilization of the white man, either peacefully or very often by forceful proselytizing, by what means there have always been many deaths over and over again, when the foreign nations, natives, and those of other faiths did not follow the sense of the missionaries, etc. Through the criminal activities and actions of these “men of God,” there were destroyed, and there are still destroyed, the old traditions and customs as well as the old beliefs of the natives by the missionaries, who harassed them and who took from them their very own freedom and way of life.

Quetzal
86. Those are not only senseless machinations but even criminal and felonious ones that should never appear.
87. With us, such interventions and interferences are strictly illegal in every form and, thus, are prohibited by appropriate directives.
88. This equally applies to interventions and interferences in the private matters of each person, so also with respect to all matters of families, friends, acquaintances, and communities, etc.

Billy:
I find that to be good and humane, but unfortunately, one cannot say this in reference to the actions of the religions and their missionaries. Criminal and felonious are actually the right labels for their irresponsible actions. But now, tell me what social status Simon Peter had – I mean the disciple of Jmmanuel?

Quetzal:
89. He was of the "status of the haves" and, thus, was very rich.
90. It was he who constantly donated from his own wealth, for the implementation of the mission and for the spreading of Jmmanuel’s teaching.
91. If this wouldn’t have been so, then everyone would have had to live a more frugal life than what was, in fact, the case.
92. While there were other wealthy ones among the disciples, who also contributed their part to everything, it was Simon Peter, however, who was the main donor.

Billy:
And Matthew, the tax collector?

Quetzal:
93. He was also quite wealthy.

Billy:
Then another area: it is well known to me that salt is very important for humans, as it also naturally is for animals and plants. But now, what interests me is when, in fact, the first large salt deposits formed on the Earth and, furthermore, how the balance of salt affects the person. You should, at least, be able to answer the last question, as a physician.

Quetzal:
94. That is correct.
95. And since I also deal with geology, I can also answer the first question for you.
96. The first large salt deposits on Earth formed around 340 million years ago, but the main ones first formed 240 to 270 million years ago.
97. In relation to life forms, salt is very important.
98. But if I should speak of humans alone, then the following is to be explained:
99. Salt is an extremely important component of the blood.
100. Normally, between 45 and 50 grams of sodium chloride flow through the veins of the person in a solution as sodium and chlorine ions.
101. This concentration of salt must remain constant.
102. If there is too little of it in the blood, then there arises an excess pressure in the red blood cells, making them burst.
103. But this, then, has the consequence that no more stimuli can be transmitted to the heart muscle; consequently, the heart ceases to function and, thus, stops beating, respectively stops pumping blood through the veins.
104. However, salt not only flows through the veins but through the whole body.
105. Without salt, the human body would be immobilized because no cell could function.
106. Every single somatic cell is surrounded by salt water and swims about freely therein.
107. If the salt of this liquid dwindles, then the pressure ratio alters itself in the cell so dramatically that the cell membrane disappears and the cell receives no more nutrients.
108. Only when the salinity, i.e. the concentration of salt, remains constant in the body can the heart, muscles, and nervous system of the person function smoothly.
109. Each day, the human body loses salt, through the urine, through tears and sweat, which is why it is vital to supply the body with salt again, along with the necessary amount of liquid, but this differs depending on the person and his physical constitution, so no uniform or general measure can be mentioned.
110. Thus, one person needs several liters of fluid per day, while another, during the same period, gets by with very little, perhaps only one, two, or three deciliters.
111. In addition to the properties of the body and all its organs and to the loss of fluid, climate conditions and physical strain and motion naturally also play an important role, as well as the drinking discipline and the mental and volitional attitude of the person.
112. Excessive drinking is unhealthy because too much salt is removed, so new salt must be supplied to the body, which means that more liquid, i.e. water, collects in the body than what is necessary healthwise, which can cause damages through overhydration.

Billy:
For my part, I drink very little, sometimes no more than two deciliters per day.

Quetzal:
113. That is known to me.
114. However, you won’t suffer any harm from that because you’re one of those people who only need very little liquid.
115. When it becomes necessary, you automatically drink some more because you then perceive a thirst feeling.
116. This also applies to certain substances that your body needs, like even salt, sugar, vinegar, lemon juice, or orange juice, etc.

Billy:
Yes, that is actually so. As a rule, I eat what I feel an urge to eat.

Quetzal:
117. So I said.
118. And you do well with that, since you simply don’t let yourself be tempted by uncontrollable cravings.

Billy:
You’re right, I don’t. But now, a question that refers to Izmit, i.e. Izmir, and to Mustafa Kemal Tascha, who later received the name Atatürk,...

Quetzal:
119. Yes, in 1964, you shot a revolver bullet between the eyes of his portrait when, after your serious accident at the customs station of Reyhanle and in your delirium, you demolished the main office of the police and customs station.

Billy:
I first found that out and realized that two months later, when I returned from Kuwait and investigated all that I had done during the 29 days of my delirium. Fortunately, the customs officials had already known me very well for several years and had also read in the newspaper about my serious accident in Iskenderun; otherwise, they certainly would have shot me – at least, that’s what they said when I asked them about it – as I raged around and fired away with my revolver. Solely because they knew me well and saw that I wasn’t in my right mind, they kept their distance, left me alone, and didn’t shoot me down.

Quetzal:
120. I know the story very well.

Billy:
Good, then to the question: in the twenties of this century, the city of Izmir burned down completely, and the cause of the fire was never clarified up to this day. Do you know anything about this? The Greek population of the city then fled and was taken up in the ship’s harbor by the garrisons of the allied crews and was brought to Greece. The city burned for three days. It was the year 1920, 1921, or 1922.

Quetzal:
121. That is also known to me.
122. The purpose of the fire, which was secretly arranged by the Turkish military leaders, served to drive out the Greeks, against whom Mustafa Kemal had fought with his army and was victorious over them.
123. Thus, the fire of Izmir served as an ethnic cleansing during the Greek Turkish War.

Billy:
And who was the evil one, or who were the evil ones? I mean, who had ordered the fire?

Quetzal:
124. It was a joint decision of the executives around Mustafa Kemal Tascha.
125. He himself had nothing to do with it.

Billy:
Then now, I turn to something else, namely to elephants, since I know that you are well versed in zoology and, thus, also in the area of wildlife. In reference to elephants, I would just like to know if I still remember Sfath’s instruction correctly, for I was just asked about this. Sfath explained to me that elephants have an extraordinarily advanced instinct consciousness, as well as a highly advanced instinct psyche, and as a result of this, an instinct relationship also exists among their equals and, to a lesser extent, also with other life forms, including humans, if they can directly deal with elephants in a loving way. The communication of the elephants among themselves takes place in a similar way as with dolphins and whales, etc., whereby at least these two life forms are also predisposed in a very similar way, with respect to instinct consciousness, instinct relationship, and instinct psyche. The elephants communicate among themselves using these forms mentioned, but also through touch, gestures, scents, and sniffing, as well as through audible sounds and infrasound. Is my memory right in this regard?

Quetzal:
126. It’s all remarkably accurate.

Billy:
We’ve talked about asteroids and comets, and you said that several of these will appear in the coming years or up to the beginning of the third millennium and that many new ones would be discovered. Can you tell me what will probably be the most spectacular in this connection?

Quetzal:
127. It won’t just be several asteroids that will be discovered up to the beginning of the third millennium but rather dozens each year.
128. But an object that will really be something special for the Earth people, a comet, will be discovered in the month of July of the year 1995 by two American amateur astronomers named Alan Hale and Thomas Bopp, which is why the comet will then also be called the “Hale Bopp Comet.”

Billy:
And why will this comet be something special? What form will it have, then, and how large and how broad, I mean how long and how wide, will it be, and how close will it come to the Earth and to the Sun?

Quetzal:
129. The length of the comet is 38,432 meters and its width is 36,781 meters, which already explains that the object is oval shaped.
130. The closest point to the Earth that the comet will reach will be a distance of approximately 197 million kilometers away, and the closest point to the Sun will be approximately 136 million kilometers away.
131. This comet will exhibit a double tail and will pull a reddish yellow and approximately 152 million kilometer long cloud of particles behind itself.
132. About two years after its discovery, on April 1st in the year 1997, it will reach its closest distance to the Sun, under whose influence it will expel large amounts of water vapor, along with large amounts of toxic hydrogen cyanide and carbon monoxide.
133. The actual plasma tail will exhibit a bluish, gleaming form and will be 98 million kilometers long.
134. The age of the comet amounts to 5.24 million years.
135. It will be discovered as a result of its great brightness, which it will already exhibit at a distance of about one billion kilometers away from the Sun.

Billy:
Fantastic. And when will this comet come so close again that it can be seen again from the Earth?

Quetzal:
136. That will take a long time, namely around 2,400 years.

Billy:
And, will this comet also be able to be seen from the Earth with the naked eye, like with Halley's Comet?

Quetzal:
137. Yes, that will be possible.

Billy:
And in sectarian circles, this will probably again be an occasion to make a doomsday scenario, as this will certainly also be the case with the solar eclipse appearing in Europe on the 11th of August, 1999, about which even Nostradamus has written, but which is misunderstood, unfortunately.

Quetzal:
138. Unfortunately, your words will prove to be true in a sad manner because our predictions for these two events   along with others   unfortunately testify of great disaster, which will evoke delusional believers and religiose sectarians.
139. So unfortunately, in certain sectarian communities, it will come to mass murders and mass suicides, namely in Switzerland, in France and Canada, as well as in America and in other countries.
140. Numerous individual suicides will also have to be lamented, and indeed, especially through the fault of the so called psychics, fortune tellers, star interpreters and, thus, astrologers, who make absurd prognoses and who generate just as great anxiety in their believers and in the pseudoscientific dreamers of an esoteric, UFO logical, and para scientific character, and so on.
141. These culpable ones will also be the ones who will coin the term “Black Sun” for the solar eclipse.

Billy:
I already imagined something like that, but the people still aren’t more clever and aren’t willing to acknowledge the facts of the effective truth and to think rationally when they are told the truth. They continue to walk along in their crazy beliefs, confusing themselves more and more, just through the influence of the sectarians, star interpreters, and fortune tellers, as well as through the esoteric and pseudo/para scientists, etc. But may I ask what you meant recently when you said that in 1999, one of my friends will finish his way?

Quetzal:
142. It surprised me that you haven’t already asked about it, since otherwise, you aren’t reserved with your questions.

Billy:
It was simply because I wanted to find out for myself as to what you could have meant with your words. Nevertheless, a result remained refused to me.

Quetzal:
143. Then I want to give you the necessary answer:
144. In Jordan, you gained a friend, who was also your patron.
145. It…

Billy:
That was King Husain II.

Quetzal:
146. That is correct.
147. My insinuation referred to him.
148. Thus, I want to clarify and tell you that his years are numbered, for on the 7th of February, 1999, he will finish his life.

Billy:
He is not only a good friend of mine, but he is also a remarkable and very good man who, like me, has already survived many assassination attempts on his life. But even he will have no choice but to go his way and will have to finish this, as you said.

Quetzal:
149. That will be so.

Billy:
Then to something else. You once told me that the religious sectarians will increasingly take on more blatant forms and will claim many human lives, for in the name of God or Allah, etc. many murders should be committed and many wars should be conducted. That this will come more and more is clear to me because everything in the world, indeed, also points to this. But now, will everything actually be laid out in such a way for sectarianism to flare up again?

Quetzal:
150. Unfortunately, that will actually be the case, by what means in the future, many wars, murder and mayhem, as well as suicides, mass suicides, and mass murders will belong to the general and global affairs of the day.
151. Also, sectarianism will try to fight against homosexuality, in spite of all industrial and national efforts to make this acceptable in the form that homosexual and lesbian couples can form allied partnerships with each other.
152. On the one hand, great efforts will be made in the future to recognize homosexuality as a natural form and to decriminalize this form which is still often criminalized until now, but at the same time, everything will be ruined again by excessive sectarianism.
153. This, especially through the religious, fundamentalist, Islamic, and Christian sectarian fanatics, who will even demand the death penalty for homosexuality and lesbianism and who will also enforce the death penalty by themselves in various ways.
154. And all this in the name of God, Allah, Jesus Christ, and love and justice.
155. Concerning this, a particular Christian sect will spread itself worldwide, which has existed since 1955, tracing back to the insurance broker Arthur DeMoss, who demanded that after his death, his big dollar fortune should be used for sectarian, i.e. divine, purposes.
156. Arthur DeMoss was an American – how could it be otherwise – and the DeMoss Foundation traces back to him, and around the turn of the millennium, this will be responsible for the fact that prominent people, such as politicians, sports heroes, and actors, etc. will make use of sectarian propaganda in public media, like in television and so on, in order to find new believers for sectarianism and the Christian religion.

Billy:
You’ve actually told me things of the future again, and this already for quite some time, even though you actually didn’t want to talk about it any more.

Quetzal:
157. The reason for this, I already explained to you some time ago.
158. Moreover, I confine myself mainly to things and events that will first appear at or after the turn of the millennium.
159. But this falls outside of what we had planned.

Billy:
So this means that your prophecies, which you no longer wanted to explain, only shouldn’t be given any more for the remainder of this century?

Quetzal:
160. That is correct, but this doesn’t concern all things but only those things, for which there would actually be an opportunity for the Earth people to change them, namely through better and rational actions, such that as a result, negatives could be prevented.

Billy:
So prophecies, or rather things that must be regarded as such.

*****

Quetzal:
161. That, too, is correct.
162. We hold ourselves back from these, namely for the reason that until now, we’ve had the experience that all the prophecies, which were expertly made, bore no fruit and, thus, brought no change for the better.
163. This is the reason why we release no more information in this regard but only limit ourselves to predictions that, as you know, will arrive in any case, for they are unchangeable since they are based on a previewing.

Billy:
I see. But you could have told me that already at the beginning, when you decided to give me information in this way – in agreement with Ptaah, if I remember correctly. Well... so in the future, I may surely ask you for predictions that are based on a preview and that are unalterable, if I correctly interpret your words in this form?

Quetzal:
164. That also lies in the meaning of my words.
165. You judge my explanation correctly.

Billy:
And how does it stand with things of the past?

Quetzal:
166. Nothing stands in the way of a response to these, when you have appropriate questions, always provided that I possess the necessary knowledge for a pertinent answer.

Billy:
Then I would like to ask you this: last year, namely on the 21st of August, 1986, over 1,700 people died – in addition to a lot of beasts, wild animals, and birds – when in the Central African Cameroon, a poisonous gas cloud spread itself out. Unfortunately, the media gave no further information about this, which is why one stumbles around in the dark in relation to this. Do you know something more about this?

Quetzal:
167. Yes. –
168. The poisonous gas cloud escaped out of a volcanic crater lake, which is approximately 2 square kilometers in size and over 200 meters deep, and beneath this, deep inside the Earth, there are still immense magma chambers of the not yet extinct volcano, but the volcano does not make a superficial appearance.
169. On the date mentioned by you, a poisonous gas cloud explosively escaped out of the volcanic crater lake, which is named Lake Nyos.
170. The village lying next to the lake is named Buabua, and in this, practically all life was extinguished by the poisonous gas.
171. But that wasn’t all, because within a radius of 25 kilometers, virtually the same thing happened, for all humans, birds, and animals were killed.
172. Around 20,000 people – including many children – were seriously injured and were taken to hospitals. –
173. Lake Nyos is situated in the middle of a volcanic chain of northern Cameroon.
174. And as explained, the volcano under the lake isn’t quite extinct yet, and the bubbling liquid magma is constantly releasing carbon dioxide, but this toxic gas doesn’t escape into the atmosphere; rather, through the high pressure of the masses of water at 200 meter depths, it combines with the waters, from which carbonic acid develops.
175. Thus, a gigantic deposit of carbonic acid grew on the bottom of the lake for years.
176. Then, when this had reached the critical mass or size, there was a chain reaction, whereby the deposit, during an explosion, shot through the water of the lake as a huge bubble of carbon dioxide and shot high into the atmosphere.
177. In the fateful night of the 21st of August, 1986, approximately 1.7 million cubic meters of poisonous carbon dioxide gas escaped from the subsoil of Lake Nyos, and as a deadly cloud, it set itself like a carpet above the Earth, within a radius of about 25 kilometers, and all life suffocated.
178. But with this, the danger for the future wasn’t banished because by the turn of the millennium, an enormous deposit of carbon dioxide will once again accumulate under the lake, which will then be twice as large as the one in the explosion within the last year.
179. If it comes to a new outbreak of poisonous gas in the new millennium, then the consequences will be even more devastating than they were a little more than half a year ago.
180. From our side, however, we will send some more impulses in order to influence the earthly scientists to find possible means and ways, on a technical basis, to diffuse the poisonous waters at the bottom of Lake Nyos, namely in the form that these poisonous waters are transported above the surface of the lake in a controlled and harmless manner and are made safe.

Billy:
And how does this agree with your directive, which says that you may in no way interfere in the affairs of other peoples and civilizations?

Quetzal:
181. This can be reconciled because we interfere in no affairs at all; rather, we only send out impulses to certain scientists, who can encounter solutions with these and work on them, without them even having the slightest notion of the fact that they have received impulses from us.
182. So they will be of the opinion that the impulses come from themselves, and they will ascribe all insights and successes to themselves.
183. It must be said in this connection that we offer no solutions through these impulses; rather, we only transmit impulses, through which suggestions for ideas result in certain directions and so on.

Billy:
You promote my understanding. But since we’re already talking about volcanism: How is it, actually, in Italy with Mount Vesuvius? To my knowledge, this is still active, and if it comes to an eruption, it will presumably come to a worse disaster than what was the case on the 24th of August, A.D. 79, when Pompeii was completely destroyed by the enormous eruption of Vesuvius and was buried. The hot, liquid magma under the soil of Vesuvius is hundreds of square kilometers in size and even extends beneath the city of Rome, as I know from you.

Quetzal:
184. That is correct.
185. Under the volcano, at a depth of approximately eight kilometers, there is a huge lake of magma, which has a total area of 523 square kilometers, and from this, several vents flow out of the flanks and out of the crater of the mountain, and occasional masses of magma rise just beneath the crater’s surface.
186. And if it comes to an eruption of Vesuvius, and I mean a really tremendous eruption, there will be a catastrophe of enormous proportions.

Billy:
Then a question: through the fault of the person, the Aral Sea is drying up, as well as the Dead Sea. Will this actually continue in such a way, and will one have to expect that the irrationality of the person will actually lead to the disappearance of these two bodies of water on the map?

Quetzal:
187. Unfortunately, this must be expected.
188. If everything continues in such a way with the abuse of the water, like through the emptying of it and through the inhibition of new inflows, then probably in no more than 100 years, neither the Aral Sea nor the Dead Sea will exist.

Billy:
Recently, I was asked for the reason why the so called Franklin Expedition had failed and why all the participants had died? It was a pole expedition.

Quetzal:
189. That is well known to me.
190. Without exception, the participants of the expedition died as a result of lead poisoning, which was brought about by canned food, for the cans contained high concentrations of lead that poisoned the contents, which were then eaten by the people, by what means they fatally poisoned themselves.
191. And those, who did not die directly from lead poisoning, miserably perished by freezing to death.

Billy:
Aha, then to another matter: the alleged Moon landing of the Americans – why the alleged Moon landing participants maintain, in spite of the solid evidence to the contrary, that they had actually been on the Moon? One could make these ones talk by truth serums, nevertheless, and could uncover the Moon landing lie that fools the world.

Quetzal:
192. That would hardly be possible because all the alleged participants were placed under heavy drugs and hypnosis without their knowledge, after which they were then subjected to a post hypnotic brainwashing, and in consequence of this, all artificial memories of non realized experiences and adventures – and, thus, of the faked Moon landing – were dictated to them, which they then adopted into their waking consciousness, whereby they became of the belief of their alleged experiences and adventures.
193. The drug induced and hypnotic blockade, through which nothing should be betrayed, is so strong that it can be penetrated by no means, and such attempts could sooner have a deadly consequence than that the truth could be squeezed out.

Billy:
Oh, so I see. – You once said that the Incas sacrificed children, in order to appease the cult gods. Where, then, were these children sacrificed?

Quetzal:
194. At various places, but often on a high mountain – Intihuatana.

Billy:
In Egypt, falcons were regarded as sacred birds and were also given as mummifications to the deceased, as additions to the graves. Where did the Egyptians get so many falcons? Did they breed or import these specifically for this purpose?

Quetzal:
195. Neither, for actually, falcons were only rarely killed, mummified, and given to the deceased as additions to the graves.
196. In truth, there prevailed in ancient Egypt an active falcon mummifying swindle, which rested on the fact that mummified forms of falcons were produced in great quantities, but these contained no falcon bones but rather animal bones, such as cow bones, etc.
197. Many thousands of such false mummifications of falcons were produced, which were then sold at prices that were high at the time.
198. Often involved in this commercial swindle and commercial fraud were the priests, who obtained great wealth through this.

Billy:
Then a question in reference to mercury. Here, it is used in ointment medicine. What other purpose does it have?

Quetzal:
199. Mercury is highly antibacterial.

Billy:
Then I would like to know what will be developed by the terrestrial astronomers and scientists, etc. as a further consequence of the Hubble telescope, this in reference to further surpassing this coming telescope, which should be positioned in Earth’s orbit, namely around the year 1990, as you once said?

Quetzal:
200. First, a similar but better telescope will be built, which will be stationed on the Earth.
201. In the new millennium, however, plans and developments will continue on, and then, the so called interferometer will be developed.

Billy:
What must one understand by that?

Quetzal:
202. It will be a telescope that will consist of a whole series of other telescopes that are grouped together, which will reveal undreamed of and unexpected new impressions and insights about the universe to astronomical science.

Billy:
I can’t imagine that, when I think of how narrow minded these scientists are in part.

Quetzal:
203. With that, you are right, unfortunately.

Billy:
Semjase once talked about Earth’s oil reserves, just about those which were known at that time and which should last from then until another 25 years or so. But in the meantime, several other stocks of oil have been found, and this still continues to occur. How will this look, however, in the new millennium?

Quetzal:
204. The terrestrial oil reserves, which will become known by the turn of the millennium, should be sufficient in relation to the increasing world population and its consumption of Earth’s oil, from the time mentioned until about another 70 years.
205. But at the same time, it should be noted that this will concern only the quantities of Earth’s oil reserves that are known up to then.
206. Actually, a portion of the petroleum extracted from the Earth is constantly renewed by natural, internal processes of the Earth, as well as by natural plant deposits, animal deposits, and human deposits, due to the processes of decay and transformation, with their death and decay.

Billy:
That is to be well understood. But how will the further situation of the world develop, with regard to the economy and unemployment? You previously talked about unemployment and the economic collapse, which will be carried well into the third millennium, whereby only after the years 2003, 2006, and in some cases even later, will improvements and, thus, positive changes occur. Does this negative prognosis still remain valid?

Quetzal:
207. Unfortunately yes, because through mismanagement in all economic sectors and industries, as well as in the governments and in all their administrations, unemployment, as new previews have proven, will be carried far into the new millennium by incompetent managers.
208. This also applies to the indebtedness of the States, firms, and corporations, by what means many of these will change their entire structure through mergers and detrimental sales, and many will fall into bankruptcy and be dissolved.
209. More and more, incapable, inexperienced, irresponsible, reckless, and wanton elements, which are out for their own profit, will, unfortunately, seize power in the firms, corporations, and governments, and these elements will be too young, too naive, and absolutely unfit to be able to fill in their positions responsibly.
210. More and more, too young and simple minded people will be launched into high and responsible positions, to which they cannot do justice, however.
211. Thus, positions of power will be occupied by those who do not know how to handle them responsibly, and they will abuse these positions just for their own advantage and according to their confused thoughts and ideas, namely up to treason, and they will drive everything into ruin through this.
212. And this will be valid for the governments, as well as for the firms of the economy and for the small and large corporations.
213. In addition, this will likewise be valid for the health care system, particularly for the hospitals and their doctors, as well as for the free doctors of a medical and dental form, who, more and more, will conduct themselves entirely for profit and will pursue mismanagement, by what means premiums for health insurance will necessarily increase to a great extent.

Billy:
So you also know a lot about our health insurance system.

Quetzal:
214. Of course – that is correct, for we deal with all aspects of Earth humanity.

Billy:
Of course, because you must be oriented over everything. But now, I have a question regarding the entity, or the giant star, as one always wants to say, which is called Betelgeuse. If I remember correctly, Ptaah told me, when he showed me the entity on my great journey in 1975, that this is about 620 times the diameter of our sun. In addition, Alnitak, also such an entity or star, should have a luminosity that is 19,000 times that of our sun. Is this right, for I explained this to someone who asked me about it? If my information that I provided is wrong, then I would have to apologize to the man for it and rectify it.

Quetzal:
215. You can rest assured because your remarks were correct in the form mentioned by you.

Billy:
Then a question about the coming world events. Is there something special to say there?

Quetzal:
216. Old and new rulers, as well as dangerous terrorists and entire countries, will shape the future in such a way that it will, unfortunately, be very negative and be marked by suffering, pain, death, and destruction.
217. Many deadly elements, such as crazy rulers and terrorists, will be able to live freely in their madness and insanity and be able to cause tremendous harm throughout the whole world.
218. Among these, there will be many, whose names will enter into the history of mankind, such as the coming President Bushes in America, Miloševic in Yugoslavia, Saddam Hussein in Iraq, Ceaucescu, Osama bin Laden, Karadžic, and many others who will criminally appear in the next 15 years, but soon others will follow, who will in no way be better.
219. Thus, many malicious, degenerated people will become a talking point worldwide and will bring untold suffering throughout the world, even under the guise of peace, freedom, and the fight against terrorism and against evil in general, as this will especially be the case with the American President Bushes, when father and son seize power at different times.
220. All of these rulers, dictators, and terrorists won’t be normal, reasonable, and responsible thinking, feeling, and acting as truly powerful people; rather, they will be caught in their hatred as well as in their vindictiveness and lust for power; consequently, they will only indulge in evil, destruction, and annihilation and, thus, in terror and murder to a great extent.
221. In their thoughts and in their feelings, they will be cold and merciless; in their lust for power, they will commit crazy and inhumane and, thus, degrading acts and will evoke power hungry and retaliatory wars, and unfortunately, they will still be praised for this by their idiotic followers, who will be found in many governments of many countries as well as in whole populations; consequently, they will be able to carry on their inhumane and outrageous activities against humans under their protection and applause.
222. Especially through U.S. foreign policy, terror and war will increasingly occur to such an extent that in unreasonableness and in pathological craving for power and world domination, an American styled, dangerous, and deadly game with fire will be operated worldwide, by what means, especially in the Islamic countries and elsewhere around the world, an enormous hatred against America will flare up more and more, which will be unspeakably rife with much suffering, pain, death, and destruction.
223. Through the guilt and actions of the Americans, not only will entire countries be destroyed, in terms of their facilities and buildings, but also their economies, wholly apart from the countless dead ones, who will call for the U.S. military machinations and terror machinations.
224. And just the destruction caused by explosions, bombs, and missiles, etc. will be such that countless billions of sums of money will be required and necessary for the reconstruction, in order to repair what was destroyed or to rebuild it.
225. An unparalleled insanity, when one considers that billions of sums will be spent to destroy and annihilate everything, in order to rebuild everything destroyed and annihilated by additional countless billions of sums.
226. In fact, this corresponds to a crazy way of thinking, which only those who are crazy are capable of.
227. Like already for a long time, and also in the future, the Americans constantly make wrong connections with powerful figures, terrorists, countries, and organizations, in order to train these as war specialists and terror specialists, and also as Secret Service agents and spies, etc., without noticing in their megalomania that all these forces, again and again, place themselves against freedom and humanity and, in the end, also against their trainers and against the Americans as a whole.
228. In its self glory, the USA isn’t capable of grasping the damage it inflicts as a whole – not in the least to itself – and that it acts completely illogically and immoderately.
229. Their megalomania and their selfishness, as well as their self glory, will be more and more a farce in the coming time, namely for the whole world, which will prove itself in the coming time all over the world.
230. What is explained, however, only represents a few facts that will influence and shape the future.
231. And also in the new millennium, the USA won’t act differently than before and, thus, will cause much disaster around the world, by what means thousands of people will die, and tremendous destruction, much suffering and pain, and great distress will come upon the world.
232. Yet even in America itself, a tremendous amount of suffering and hardship will likewise appear, whereby also very many people will die as a result of the wrong American foreign policy.
233. But the American domestic policy will also cause much harm, distress, and suffering, to which the criminal and inhumane death penalty will also contribute.

Billy:
Then there aren’t exactly nice prospects to be expected for the future.

Quetzal:
234. Unfortunately no.
235. But now, that should be enough questions for today.
236. Farewell and until we meet again.

Billy:
Bye, my friend. Bye.



215th Contact

Saturday, February 28, 1987, 2:09 AM

Billy:
My first question today refers to the massacre of the Palestinian refugees in Sabra and Shatila in the year 1982. We already talked about this once, but on the one hand, nothing was held in writing in relation to this, and on the other hand, your answer wasn’t sufficient enough. The events were horrifying, with which more than 3,000 people were brutally and bestially murdered on the 15th or 16th of September, 1982. In addition, it was never determined as to who the real ringleaders, i.e. main perpetrators, actually were, who gave the order for this massacre. Can you now say this clearly and plainly, I mean, who the main responsible person was or who the main responsible persons were?

Quetzal:
1. There were 3,468 people who lost their lives in the massacres.
2. There were two real culprits, namely the Israeli Prime Minister at that time, Menachem Begin, and the Defense Minister, Ariel Sharon.
3. Together, these two secretly decided upon the massacre, which Ariel Sharon then arranged with the Christian militias, i.e. the responsible persons of Gemayel's Phalangists, with the promise that the Israeli occupation troops wouldn’t intervene, following which the murderous militias could then freely enter the refugee camps and carry out their atrocities.
4. Also with them were members of Hadad’s army, who could likewise pass through the Israeli controls without difficulty and invade the camps of Sabra and Shatila and carry out their murderous work.
5. Begin’s and Sharon’s secret agreement with the leaders of the Christian killer brigades never became known because all those who were responsible have remained silent to this day, and of course, they will continue to do so.
6. But with what happened in the year 1982, it won’t be enough, because Ariel Sharon, who thinks the Palestinians look better dead than alive, won’t halt his murderous deeds.
7. This will especially be so when he arrives at the highest power in Israel, by being proclaimed the head of state in the year 2001.
8. As I’ve already explained to you, he is an unusually aggressive man and a Palestinian hater, as well as a murderous element that doesn’t shy away from any atrocities, as this is also true of Begin.
9. When Sharon arrives at great power, very much distress will come over Israel and its inhabitants, as well as over the Palestinians, because through his direct command, many open and secret service murders will happen.
10. Through him, Israel will ignore and stomp on all liberties and human rights of the Palestinians more and more, as well as overthrow all political and human rights and rules and spread and arrange murderous terror with enormous destructions.
11. Through Ariel Sharon, very much disaster, evil and pain, suffering and death will be spread in the new millennium because he will be able to indulge uninhibitedly in his murderous and inhumane ambitions, in utter irresponsibility and in uncontrollable hatred against the Palestinians in particular and also against the Arabs, without any great and serious objection being raised against it by the Israelis or by the world.
12. Nevertheless, if such occurs, then it will only be lax and dishonest.
13. Ariel Sharon's actions will occur to the same extent as those of the Americans who, under the guise of the fight against terrorism and the preservation of peace, will run on the same tracks with their global military interventions in the affairs of foreign countries.
14. However, both actions will be the same, so both Israel’s and America’s, namely of a terrorist, i.e. counter terrorist nature, as this will also be the case with the Palestinians and with Iraq, as well as other countries, so also with a variety of distinct terrorist organizations, including those that are secretly driven by the State and those of the secret services of the State.

Billy:
There, the world can look forward to and prepare for a lot of misery, murder and mayhem, suffering, destruction, hatred and vindictiveness, as well as many other evils.

Quetzal:
15. That is correct, for that will actually be the case.

Billy:
Then to something else. For now, I have, once again, heard of enough evil that the future will bring. – How does it stand, then, with the progress relating to genetic engineering? You’ve already told me a few things, but now, in relation to this, the question arose in our group during a discussion: when will it have come so far that genetic science will merge plant and animal genes together, in order to cultivate plant animals, i.e. animal plants? Do you have any knowledge about this and does such an action represent the natural scientific evolution of man?

Quetzal:
16. The science of genetic engineering is established in the laws of overall evolution; therefore, it also cannot be prevented, even though in the future, irrational ones, who will unite together in whole organizations, will want to destroy such progress by all unfair means, even with lies and with false test reports and impact reports on genetically altered plants, animals, and humans.
17. However, genetic progress can’t be stopped, in spite of all these irrational machinations of the genetic engineering enemies, because the laws of evolution will allow it that even this branch of progress will find its fulfillment through human genius.
18. Of course, genetic engineering will need its time before it can function flawlessly because every beginning requires efforts, researches, and mistakes that must be made, for only through these can qualified and real successes be obtained and can progress be created.
19. But exactly this means that all negating things that will be undertaken in the future by those who are irrational and fearful, in reference to genetic engineering and, thus, to genetic manipulations in plants, animals, and humans, will be wrong and impeding to progress, as well as absurd, unrealistic, stupid, and irresponsible, for such actions will inhibit the progress and the better well being of the Earth person and, thus, will slow down many vitally necessary solutions for humans, animals, and plants and even make such solutions impossible.
20. Due to the irrationality and irresponsibility of the genetic opponents, it will be that a lot of genetic progress for all humans, animals, and plants, as well as waters and air, and even for all of nature, will be prevented for many years, even though life could be prolonged by centuries through genetic engineering and just through the genetic manipulation of the person, by what means his health could be so stabilized, namely in a few decades, that he would almost never get sick.
21. Also plants, fruits, and vegetables, as well as other food products, could already be so genetically altered in a short time for the welfare of humans that ample benefits would arise from it, but the irresponsible, irrational and, thus, the gene negating ones will work against this with lies, deceit, and fear, by what means the actual successes of genetic engineering will also have to wait a long time for themselves, for when the first actual successes are achieved, from which the people will benefit – often not even knowing that their food or medicines are genetically engineered and are only actually useful and healthy because of this.
22. But concerning your other question:
23. It will be the year 2002 before a genetic attempt will officially become known, with which plant and animal genes will be brought together.
24. About this, we have acquired probability calculations, which show that the whole thing will report itself in Japan, in the sense that the genes of spinach plants will be transferred into pigs.
25. Nevertheless, this won’t be the first case, for the same and similar things will already happen prior to this in different countries of the Earth from their scientists, as a result of their research; it’s just that the world public will learn almost nothing about this, like also not about the cloning attempts regarding humans and animals.
26. Even in the current time, many series of experiments like these are already running in scientific laboratories around the world; it’s just that these are concealed, and to be sure, with the full authorization of the irrational and irresponsible genetic opponents; therefore, ways of inhibiting progress are thought of by those who, out of complete ignorance and often influenced by sectarianism, try to restrain the development themselves, and to them, all unfair means are right, and this will also remain so in the new millennium, at least in the first two decades.

Billy:
Idiotic, especially when one considers that the progress cannot be stopped, not even when lunatics rant against it. But so it has always been on the Earth, for there have always been pathological idiots, who didn’t want to allow the progress, who braced themselves against it, and with this, often caused much disaster, by what means often many people lost their lives, who may have been saved if the progressive had been allowed, especially with regard to medicine and food preparation, etc.

Quetzal:
27. That is correct.
28. But consider that ...

Billy:
... foolishness always first precedes reason.

Quetzal:
29. I wanted to say that, yes.
30. But how do you know this aphorism?
31. It is well known to us from traditions...

Billy:
... from Henoch. I know.

Quetzal:
32. Then did either Semjase or Ptaah report this to you, or perhaps Sfath or Asket?

Billy:
Neither.

Quetzal:
33. That, I don’t understand.

Billy:
It isn’t important now. One day, though, you’ll understand it. Let’s talk about something else. Guido and I were talking about the prehistoric people, i.e. the Stone Age people, and there, the question arose as to when these had actually come so far that they banded together in larger groups and when these or their descendants built the first smaller and larger settlements, smaller or larger kraals or small villages, etc. In addition, we also came to speak of the first real, original original prehistoric men, if one can actually designate the most distant, original original forefathers of the Earth people as such. Here, the question, then, is how large they actually were and whether they were already walking upright. Also, we came to the first, respectively the left over and subsequent animals, specifically speaking of the mammals that occupied the Earth after the extinction of the dinosaurs. The real interest was with the predators and the horses and even the large mammals and so on. What is also of interest to us is when the Earth’s climate basically began to stabilize itself. Since these things also belong to one of your specialties, I guess that you can certainly tell us something about it.

Quetzal:
34. The Earth’s climate began to stabilize itself around 35 million years ago.
35. And if I should provide some information about mammals and also predators, which appeared about 65 million years ago after the great catastrophe, then I must speak of the times of the Eocene and Oligocene.
36. As you know, the impact of a space projectile took place on the Earth about 65 million years ago, by what means all major life forms were killed and destroyed.
37. Only small creatures were able to survive, which only weighed up to 10 or 12 kilograms at most.
38. The first human forms, which can already be very well designated in their origin as human beings, emerged around 49 million years ago.
39. Nevertheless, their appearance wasn’t human but rather in the form that the Earth person knows of the early hominid, due to his conceptions, because the first human forms still had nothing comparable with these.
40. In fact, these beings were only about 80 centimeters large, and they partially moved half upright on their legs, and their excessively long arms partially clambered around in the trees.
41. The development of these beings lasted for a very long time, with the most diverse species following from it, which developed into actually recognizable humans in their first species – even the early hominids, as the Earth person imagines them in their early stages – around 8.5 million years ago, while other species of the same genus appeared 4.5 and 6.5 million years ago.
42. There were precursors to these species, but already 12.6 and 16.7 million years ago.
43. From the more distant descendants of all these human forms, who appeared in various places on the Earth, such as in Africa, Australia, Japan, China, America, South America and in Europe, etc., as you now call these areas, there were already early accumulations of dwellings – settlements, as you say –  in which whole kinships gathered together.
44. Such sites are known to us on Earth, and they exhibit an age of 736,000 and of 811,000, 970,000 and 1,200,000 years.
45. Even after the dinosaurs, there were naturally predators that could have competed with the Tyrannosaurus Rex, for example.
46. There was, for example, the family of Hyaenodonts, but these aren’t the ancestors of today's hyenas, yet they were aggressive, powerful predators, whose most distant, evolutionary altered descendants are the moles.
47. A Hyaenodont reached a size of 170 to 180 centimeters, had a set of razor sharp teeth, and especially the molars were razor sharp grinding tools, with which even the thickest bones of victims could be easily crushed for digestion.
48. The primitive genetic blueprint of these great predators has been preserved to this day in the mole, whose incisors come from the same evolutionary line as those of the Hyaenodonts.
49. So today's mole is really nothing other than a predator, albeit a small predator that only eats worms, beetles, larvae, and so on.
50. Hyaenodonts, like the mole also is, were rogues.
51. Hyaenodonts were ruthless predators, but there were others that even surpassed these, namely the Entelodonts, to which the endless savannas and hardwood forests offered abundant hunting grounds.
52. These were actually the most powerful predators that lived at the same time with the Hyaenodonts, which disappeared even before the Entelodonts. The Entelodonts reached more than 2 meters in size and weighed more than 1,000 kilograms.
53. These animals were extremely aggressive and exhibited an actual pre kinship to today's wild boars living on the Earth.
54. They were omnivores and had no enemies – except their own kind.
55. Rogues, like the Hyaenodonts, met one another as a result of their distinct sense of smell, like also the Hyaenodonts, when other animals were seized or when cadavers showed them the way.
56. This led to serious fights with their equals, which were frequently associated with severe and bone shattering injuries and which also often ended with subsequent death.
57. It goes without saying that these powerful, great predators had no other natural enemies and, thus, were the actual rulers over all life forms at that time.
58. Their only enemies were their own members of the same species.
59. If they encountered each other, then they mutually attacked and maltreated themselves with their up to one meter long jaws, which were fitted with razor sharp teeth.
60. But at another time, there was also the Endrosacus, also an extremely aggressive predator that weighed well over a ton and that was the earliest ancestor of today's sheep and also probably the largest predator that lived on the Earth after the time of the dinosaurs.
61. Nevertheless, this wasn’t the largest animal, for that was the Indricotherium, which exhibited a size of over 7 meters and a weight of up to 17 tons.
62. This animal at that time was the real, first prototype, from which developed the rhinoceros that is well known to you.
63. The most powerful and most unusual mammal appeared on the Earth a little more than 2 million years ago, the Megatherium.
64. This was a giant sloth that walked upright on its hind legs and ate leaves.
65. Unlike today's sloths that live in trees and that are very slow and ponderous, the Megatherium was too immense and too heavy to be able to climb trees, like also the giant rodent that was the size of a modern cow, which lived 6 to 10 million years ago. Megatherium was as large as a medium sized elephant, weighing over 4,000 kilograms and measuring 6 meters.
66. Only a few thousand years ago, this giant sloth lived in North and South America, but it was hunted by humans for its great tasting meat until it was wiped out, as this also happened with the mammoth, which was also largely eliminated by the humans at that time, while the remaining animals found their end through climatic upheavals and natural disasters.
67. And since I speak now of the mammoth, you will surely ask about the elephants, or more precisely for their actual original original forefathers:
68. This was the Neureterium, which also lived millions of years ago and which developed, over a very long evolutionary process, into what you now know as the elephant.

Billy:
You forgot the horse. – And, and how large, then, was the Hyaenodont?

Quetzal:
69. I have, in fact, forgotten this.
70. But first, the Hyaenodont.
71. This was about as large as a current rhinoceros.
72. The original original forefathers of horses were very small and only had a size of just less than 30 centimeters.
73. Then, from these, the Chalicotherium developed at a later time, which was more than 3 meters in size and which had a short snout like an anteater, as well as a long neck; therefore, with a little imagination, it could be compared to a giraffe.

Billy:
Thank you for your remarks. Then now a question about the so called Roswell Case. Did a UFO actually crash there? Even though you have already confirmed this once, there are still some things that remain unclear, even with regard to the UFO crew, concerning which you said that they were androids. So what were the occupants really, and from where did the aliens come?

Quetzal:
74. The Roswell Case is a reality because the UFO crash actually took place there, but this is denied up to the present day and will continue to be denied in the distant future by the American military and Secret Services, as well as by all government agencies, namely with flimsy, changing, stupid, and ridiculous excuses that will only surely testify to the fact that everything actually happened.
75. With the crashed object, it concerned a beamship from the Reticulum systems.
76. The crew did not consist of natural human life forms but of human androids of a bioorganic nature, which means that they were artificial human androids, which the US Army also got a hold of, some living and some dead, and these were secretly kept in secret stations.
77. With the bioorganic androids, it concerned effective artificial life forms, so not robots or the like, but independently thinking beings, in every way self capable of making decisions, made out of living material and living organs, bred in accordance with the human beings who are located in the Reticulum systems.
78. In Earth human terms, these bioorganic androids bred by the Reticulum people are actual life forms, and as such, they are respected by the Reticulum people and are also appreciated and treated, for the androids are, indeed, artificial human beings.
79. As such, they stand under the command of the real humans of the Reticulum systems, on whose behalf they also carry out excursions, etc. to foreign star systems and planetary systems.
80. And such artificial human forms were associated with the crash, as I already explained.
81. The intelligence of these android beings stems from a bioorganic consciousness of an artificial form, which is just as capable of development as the consciousness of the normal, natural person; therefore, it can also be creative and inventive.
82. The type of consciousness is designed uniformly and collectively in each android, which means that all of the androids have a uniform consciousness form, and so, they are collectively like minded, and thus, a collective form of telepathic communication is owned by them.
83. The form of consciousness of these artificial life forms is built on an artificial consciousness, which doesn’t correspond to an actual personality but rather to an artificial form, which can think quite independently, act, and decide, as well as develop itself further, but which isn’t arranged into conscious evolution but only functions according to conscious instinct.
84. This means that there is very well a capacity for development of the consciousness form, through which ideas are created and thought processes can take place, which are creative, inventive, and progressive and, thus, capable of being developed, but all of this just deals with conscious instinct, and nothing concerns conscious evolution.
85. Either way, the form of consciousness of these bioorganic androids is an artificial organic element, in which no creative spirit is inherent in any form.
86. The form of consciousness of the androids is formed in such a way that it owns a certain independence, in spite of the collectivity, whereby a degree of individuality is given, which cannot be compared, however, to an actual personality in a consciousness sense; nevertheless, it has its own individuality, which may seem like a contraction to the Earth person because he cannot understand these things in the least part of his mind and still can’t make any conceptions of this.
87. He will only gain these conceptions and the understanding as well as the knowledge relating to such android beings in the distant future.
88. The bioorganic androids of the Reticulum people contain an authoritative programming in their artificial consciousness, which prevents that the artificial beings could ever rise over their designers, i.e. their creators, but the time of their lives is limited to 300 years of devoted servitude to these.
89. Nevertheless, they are entirely free and can in every way decide as to what responsibilities they undertake, exercise, or decline and, thus, whether they want to focus on a task or not.
90. So they are in no way subject to compulsion by their creators.
91. In the manner in which they are biologically created, they are incapable of performing sexual acts and also of reproducing themselves.
92. Their own and appropriate kind of consciousness is contained in their artificial brains, and as I already mentioned, the artificial bioorganic consciousness does not contain a creative spirit form, which would drive and animate this by its own energies.
93. Animation is provided by the artificial brain, which is constructed in such a way that it can absorb and use the cosmic electromagnetic life energies, so that the existence of life is guaranteed.
94. It is this cosmic energy, by which the artificial life forms are animated and also made alive.
95. All this, however, couldn’t be recognized by all the doctors, surgeons, and pathologists, etc. in the American secret stations, where the crashed android beings were taken.
96. But how could they, since their knowledge relating to this wasn’t in place yet?
97. In fact, it will still take many centuries and even several millennia before the terrestrial scientists arrive at the possibility of creating such beings as the bioorganic androids.
98. Therefore, these beings will remain an unsolvable mystery to them for a very long time, as it is also the case for them with regard to the crashed beings in Roswell.

Billy:
Now that was really detailed. Thank you for your explanations. But one thing still interests me: with you, I’ve also seen androids, so artificial life forms that can think and act independently. Are these the same as the android beings of Reticulum?

Quetzal:
99. On the whole, yes.
100. Only the appearance of our androids is different in nature, for they are created after our likenesses, while the Reticulum androids resemble their creators, who are, in spite of their high technology and various sciences, still very unknowing in terms of really spiritual and creative interests, yet still arranged into a high and liberal culture with expressed human rights.
101. Nevertheless, our directives forbid us from maintaining deliberate physical or telepathic contact with them.

Billy:
So you have told me once before. Thus, there is nothing more to be said. But now, a question that concerns the eruption of the Vesuvius volcano in Italy, on the 24th/25th of August, A.D. 79, which destroyed the cities of Herculaneum, Pompeii, and Stabia, by which many people lost their lives. Then, there were greater eruptions again in 1906 and in 1944, even though everything went off lightly. We did, indeed, already talk about this during the last conversation. You also mentioned a number to me, regarding the people who lost their lives, and last of all, you then told me that you could be mistaken and, thus, would have to check to see how many there actually were. Have you now investigated this, and what had actually happened at that time?

Quetzal:
102. In the catastrophe, 18,976 people were killed.
103. The eruption of Vesuvius produced six pyroclastic flows, i.e. clouds, which raced at a tremendous speed down the mountain and across the country and which suffocated all life beneath them.
104. In particular, it was the fourth pyroclastic flow that wiped out so many human lives, while the fifth and sixth just did the rest.

Billy:
18,976 people. – Monstrosity. Was that the whole population?

Quetzal:
105. No, at that time, 25,411 people lived in those areas that were destroyed by the volcanic eruption.

Billy:
Then there were still about four fifths who lost their lives.

Quetzal:
106. That is correct.

Billy:
What is a pyroclastic flow?

Quetzal:
107. It is a rapidly spreading cloud of hot ash, dust, and air.

Billy:
Aha, then the people suffocated and burned when the pyroclastic flows swept over them, destroying everything under themselves.

Quetzal:
108. That is, once again, correct.

Billy:
Good. Since we’re already at it: what was the reason for the destruction of Petra? I mean Petra, the current ruin site with the rock necropolis in southern Jordan. Petra was the residence of the Nabatean king until the establishment of the Roman province of Arabia Petraea in the year A.D. 106 by Trajan. Petra was also a commercial center in the caravan traffic between Syria and southern Arabia. The city was abandoned after its conquest by the Arabs in the years 629 – 632. To my knowledge, it wasn’t until 1812 that the city of Petra was discovered again.

Quetzal:
109. The discovery was made by a certain Johann Ludwig Burckhardt, who was born in 1784 and who already died, at the age of only 33 years, in 1817.

Billy:
It wasn’t a discovery but a rediscovery. In 1829, so 12 years after Burckhardt’s death, the first excavations were made in Petra. I myself can remember the very ornate facades of the multi storey grave facilities worked into the rock cliffs.

Quetzal:
110. I understand.
111. You were in Jordan for a long time and, among other places, also in Petra.
112. I know the grave facilities.
113. Particularly impressive to me, for example, was ed Deir, the so called monastery that dates from the second century A.D.

Billy:
I remember. It exhibits a very peculiar mixture of Roman Hellenistic facade architecture and temple architecture, which are connected with the local grave building traditions. But what, now, was the reason for the destruction of Petra?

Quetzal:
114. The destruction traces back to a massive earthquake.
115. But not only was Petra destroyed by this but also many other places around the current Gulf of Aqaba and around the Red Sea.
116. Also the Earth opened up, out of which kilometer high chunks of sulfur were hurled, which were distributed over the vast country.

Billy:
Aha. And since we’re already talking about down there: what was up with Sodom and Gomorrah; what actually happened there – how were these two cities destroyed?

Quetzal:
117. Several factors are to be mentioned:
118. On the one hand, a meteorite fell to the Earth and exploded high over the area of the two cities, which would now actually be designated as larger villages.
119. This led to devastating destructions of both cities, triggering a massive earthquake, by which the earth was torn open – like in Petra – and by underground volcanic activity, small and larger chunks of sulfur were flung high and across the country, which also naturally caused much disaster, and by this – as also by the exploding meteorite – many people were killed.
120. The remaining part of the total destruction was caused by the megalomaniac and crazy God of the Hebrews, an extraterrestrial who had his headquarters deep under the pyramid of Giza.
121. His punishment for the disobedience of the population of Sodom and Gomorrah against his commands was that he let two small atom bombs ignite over the two cities, which finally leveled everything to the ground, killing all humans and animals.

Billy:
Can you tell me, as a doctor and medical scientist, how the preferences for flavors and, thus, for certain foods and drinks basically develop in humans?

Quetzal:
122. The flavor preference of humans for certain foods and drinks develops, in principle, in the womb of the mother during pregnancy, which means that what the mother eats and drinks is decisive, and in particular, sweet and good, spicy food and drinks are of special importance.
123. However, if there is an excess of certain flavors, which are received via the food or the drinks of the mother and passed on to the growing child in her womb, then an aversion to these particular flavors may very well arise, as this can also be the case if the mother does not take in certain flavors of food during pregnancy and the child is first confronted with such substances after birth.

Billy:
Then in some circumstances, growing children can become addicted, for example, to alcohol, medicines, or drugs, already in the womb during pregnancy?

Quetzal:
124. That is correct.

Billy:
Aha. – Then another question: what actually causes ice ages?

Quetzal:
125. Ice ages result from climatic variations due to fluctuations in Earth's orbit around the Sun.

Billy:
You said that along with the fact that humans have contributed to the disappearance of the mammoths from the Earth, in the end, also climate changes were responsible for this.

Quetzal:
126. That’s right.
127. Humans very well eradicated the mammoth as far as possible, but the final extinction was caused by climate changes.

Billy:
The mammoth disappeared, yes, about 10,000 years ago.

Quetzal:
128. That only partially represents the truth because the last of these animals still lived 3,500 years ago, on an island to the far north of today's Soviet Union.
129. However, it is true that about 10,000 years ago, mammoths were very strongly reduced by humans, who hunted them very much for their meat, hides, and bones.
130. The meat was used as tasty food, while the hides and the bones found use for the building of huts.

Billy:
Oh, so that’s how it was. But tell me, what do you think of the developmental aid that is operated on the Earth for the underdeveloped Third World countries?

Quetzal:
131. This is a wrong work of the Earth people that is incomprehensible to us because it goes against all rules of the self development of peoples but also of the dignity of all people, from whom all possibilities of self development, self initiative, and self progression are irrevocably taken, as a result of such an irrational and irresponsible intervention.
132. The earthly developmental strategy – that of the developmental aid organizations and their supporters and implementers, regarding the developmental aid for the underdeveloped or Third World countries – is absolutely wrong because this irresponsible intervention in their affairs creates tremendous damage.
133. As a result of this wrong aid, intervention is made in every form and in every branch of the developmental structure of the underdeveloped countries, which means that these countries and their people become dependent in every relation on the developmental aid and on the goods given to them by the advanced industrialized nations, as well as on all of their achievements, whereby they completely lose their independence.
134. Thus, they lose their freedom, as well as the will for their own natural development; therefore, they cannot make any more progress of their own.
135. Against this, directives that are to be strictly followed would have to exist, which prohibit such developmental interventions that are usually carried out by effeminate, over humanized, and false humane people of wealthy countries, as well as by adventurers.
136. Developmental aid, as it is practiced on the Earth by the wealthy countries and people, is not only destructive but also inhumane, for through this, the self initiative of the people of underdeveloped countries is inhibited and made impossible.
137. This is quite apart from the fact that the wealthy industrialized nations and their “development supporters” are, as a rule, only out for profit, namely in the form that the developmental aid is merely intended to exploit the resources of the developing countries, etc.
138. Overall, developmental aid, in the form that is operated by the Earth people, is destructive, inhumane, as well as progress hindering for those whom the irrational and irresponsible aid is given.
139. For Third World countries and their people, the advanced achievements of the higher cultures aren’t understandable; they aren’t progressive for them and aren’t beneficial; therefore, they also can’t learn anything from it because they lack the whole career related development and the associated insights and necessary understanding.
140. The whole development of learning is stifled by the developmental aid; hence, no real progress can be made but only a dependence on the goods and products that are made available by the developmental aid workers and their advocates and organizations.
141. Thus, a real development cannot result, but precisely this is necessary if the person wants to make headway and wants to form his progress by his own responsibility and self initiative.
142. This is prevented, however, by the irresponsible developmental aid, at least for the countries and all their people who become blinded by the incorrect aid.
143. If there are a few clever ones from these countries and people who are exceptions, then this still doesn’t justify the fact that entire countries and their people are developmentally intervened and made dependent on the advanced industrialized nations and are restrained in their self development and self initiative.
144. These are some reasons why our directives prohibit such direct interventions in any human cultures, if these are lower than our own evolutionary state, in terms of consciousness development as well as with respect to medical, technical, and overall scientific development.
145. And indeed, this refers to the overall development of all areas and sciences and, thus, not just to individual interests.

Billy:
That is clear and plain. But now, I would like to direct you specifically towards the future. You promised me that you would bring me material from the prophecies of Henoch for the third millennium or that you would give me various prophecies.

*Translator’s Note: With respect to the rest of this particular contact conversation, text below that appears in normal font is FIGU’s authorized and official translation. Text which appears in bold font is my own translation.

Quetzal:
146. Of course, I will keep my promise, but before I give you a clear account of the prophecies of Henoch, I would like to point out that prophecies are always changeable and can be changed for the better if man makes positive changes in his thoughts, feelings and actions, leading to that which is better and positively progressive.
147. Prophecies always rest upon specific causes; these again result in certain effects, whereby these effects can be changed at any time if only the preceding causes are changed in their form.
148. Therefore, it is possible that negative or evil prophecies do not have to be fulfilled if the preceding causes will be purposely changed in a manner that positivity and good develop instead of negativity and evil.
149. However, this does not apply to predictions, as these rest upon events that cannot be changed, are inevitable and surely and definitely will occur in the future.
150. Predictions rest upon a preview and thus on a direct viewing of the future, and have to do with neither prophecy nor with calculation of probability.
151. So when I make a portion of Henoch's prophecies for the third millennium known to you, it does not mean that they have to be fulfilled, because the prerequisite of fulfillment in each case would be that the already existing causes continue to exist as also continue to be created in the future so that a fulfillment of the prophecies can come to pass.
152. Thus, provided that human beings of Earth will become reasonable, the possibility exists that by a reasonable change in the way of thinking as well as a reasonable development in feeling and an equally reasonable way of acting, everything changes for the better and positive, whereby prophecies do not have to be fulfilled.
153. However, if this transformation does not occur, a very evil, wicked and negative time lies ahead for the Earth and its entire population in the coming new millennium.

Billy:
Since the Second World War, the thoughts, feelings and actions of the human being of Earth have changed much towards the positive and good, but all that achieved is not enough in my opinion, as the great transformation towards the better has not been achieved yet, neither by the mighty of this world nor all of mankind of Earth itself. In the years gone by, you have made many predictions and calculations of probability as well as mentioned prophetic facts concerning the economic, military and political situation on Earth, whereby I was requested to spread this information—which I indeed have done. Governments and newspapers, radio stations as well as TV stations and many private persons worldwide were informed by me. But the entire effort did not achieve anything, because up to now mankind has carried on in the old manner and has paid no attention whatsoever to prophecies, predictions and calculations of probability. And the same will most likely be the case in the future, when I receive permission from you in the coming time to spread the prophecies of Henoch for the third millennium. But, nevertheless, I feel that Henoch's message for the future must be made known and distributed, because somehow it may bear fruit yet.

Quetzal:
154. You apparently never give up hope.
155. Your optimism is honorable and deserves to be heard by human beings, but the way things have developed throughout this century there is not too much hope that human beings of Earth will come to their senses and heed your words.
156. This will then be the case only when the prophecies prove to be true or, even worse, have already come to pass.
157. Probably only then will the time come when the defamations against you will end in regard to your contacts with us, although they will long continue to be vehemently disputed by your enemies as well as by pathological know it alls and critics who dismiss them as swindle, lies and fraud.
158. The full truth about our contacts with you will be proven in the distant future, and then mankind will accept our help we offer through you—even when they erroneously assume we come from the seven star system known to human beings of Earth as the Pleiades.

Billy:
Semjase and Ptaah already explained this to me. But tell us now what the new millennium will bring to human beings of Earth and the planet Earth according to the prophecies of Henoch.

Quetzal:
159. I will do that in a moment, but I would like to explain before beginning that I am not authorized to give exact indication of years in an official manner.

Billy:
Understood, but that is certainly a good thing. But I’d be grateful to you if you could present the prophecies in a modern, somewhat understandable language, for the better understanding of the people. The old manner of writing and speaking of Henoch might be incomprehensible to most of today’s Earth people. This also means that an open language and presentation are desirable, just that the prophecies should not be given in riddles and mysteries, for if I have to publish everything, then open, explanatory, and unencrypted prophecies should be of value because I think that only understandable prophecies can be of use, since though encryption, the interest of the people fades, for they can understand precisely nothing. My experience proves to me that people are much more responsive and will strive for a matter in more detail and with more interest if something is clearly and distinctly explained to them. Although it is true that through the encryptions of prophecies, etc., some anxiety is reduced, this will only become greater as less is understood, for then, wild fantasies begin to act and to agitate, by what means hellish anxieties and hellish pictures emerge.

Quetzal:
160. Your words are correct.
161. Thus, I will offer Henoch’s prophecies in an understandable form.
162. So listen, then:
163. If the human being of Earth continues to live in the same way as he has done up to now—forming his thoughts and feelings in the same manner, indulging in the same actions as he has hitherto—then the words of the prophecies of Henoch could not be any clearer.
164. The point in time at which these prophecies will begin to be fulfilled will be when a Pope will no longer reside in Rome.
165. All of Europe will then fall victim to a terrible punishment by evil powers.
166. The Christian religion will collapse and the churches and monasteries will end up in ruins and ashes.
167. Monstrous forces will be created by science and will be released by the military forces and armies as well as by terrorists, causing great destruction.
168. Millions and even billions of people will be killed by acts of terrorism, by wars and civil wars; and finally, in some parts of the world, every third human being, and, in other places, every fourth human being, will lose his or her life.
169. The nations of the East will rise against the nations of the West, the West against the East.
170. Many deaths will be inflicted upon the people by fighter and bomber aircraft, and bombs and rockets will destroy and annihilate smaller and larger villages and cities.
171. The people will be completely powerless against all this and will live through 888 days of Hell on Earth, suffering hunger and plagues which will claim even more lives than the war itself.
172. The time will be severe as never before experienced on Earth. Ultimately, nothing can be bought or sold any longer.
173. All provisions will be rationed; and if a human being steals even a small piece of bread, he/she will have to pay for it with his/her life.
174. Many waters will mix with human blood and turn red, as once in the past the Nile in Egypt turned red with blood.
175. And it will be that the fanatics of Islam will rise up against the countries of Europe and all will shake and quiver.
176. Everything in the West will be destroyed; England will be conquered and thrown down to the lowest level of misery.
177. And the fanatics and warriors of Islam will retain their power for a long time.
178. However, not only Europe will be affected but ultimately all the countries and peoples of the Earth, as the great horror expands to a war that will encompass the entire world.
179. After the turn of the millennium, the papacy will exist only a short period.
180. Pope John Paul II is the third from last in this position.
181. After him, only one additional pontificate will follow.
182. Then a Pontifex Maximus follows who will be known as Petrus Romanus.
183. Under his religious rule, the end of the Catholic Church will come, a total collapse becoming inevitable.
184. That will be the beginning of the worst catastrophe that will ever have befallen the human beings and the Earth.
185. Many Catholic clerics, priests, bishops, cardinals and many others will be killed and their blood will flow in streams.
186. But also the reformed version of Christianity will become just as infinitely small, as does Catholicism.
187. Due to the fault of scientists, enormous power will be seized by the power hungry and their military, their warriors and terrorists, and power will be seized as well through laser weapons of many types, but also via atomic, chemical and biological weapons.
188. Also concerning genetic technology, enormous misuse will occur, because this will be unrestrainedly exploited for the purposes of war, not lastly due to the cloning of human beings for warring purposes, as this was practiced in ancient times with the descendants of Henoch in the regions of Sirius.
189. However, this will not be all of the horrors; as besides the genetic technology and the chemical weapons, far worse and more dangerous and more deadly weapons of mass destruction will be produced and will be used.
190. The irresponsible politicians will unscrupulously exercise their power, assisted by scientists and obedient military forces serving them, who together hold a deadly scepter and will create clone like beings which will be bred in a total lack of conscience and will be scientifically manipulated to become killer machines. Division by division and devoid of any feelings, they will destroy, murder and annihilate everything.
191. The USA will set out against the Eastern countries ahead of all other financial states and simultaneously she will have to defend herself against the Eastern intruders.
192. In all, America will play the most decisive role, when in the guise to strive for peace and to fight against terrorism she invades many countries of the Earth, bombs and destroys everything and brings thousandfold deaths to the populations.
193. The military politics of the USA will likewise know no limits, as neither will their economic and other political institutions which will be focused on building and operating a world police force, as it is the case already for a long time [sic].
194. But that will not be enough, and, in the guise of a so called peaceful globalization, American politics will aspire to gain absolute control of the world concerning supremacy in economy.
195. And this will point towards the possibility that a Third World War could develop from it, if human beings as a whole will not finally reflect upon reason, become reasonable and undertake the necessary steps against the insane machinations of their governments and military powers as well as their secret services, and call a halt to the power of the irresponsible who have forsaken their responsibility in all areas.
196. If this does not happen, many small and great nations will lose their independence and their cultural identity and will be beaten down, because the USA will gain predominance over them and with evil force bring them down under her rule.
197. At first, many countries will howl with the wolves of the US, partially due to fear of American aggressions and sanctions, as will be the case with many, many irresponsible [ones] in Switzerland and Germany but also of other countries. In part, others will join in because they will be forced somehow to do so or will be misled by irresponsible promoters of American propaganda.
198. Finally, many Asian, African and European states will rise up against the American hegemony, once they recognize that the United States of America is only taking advantage of them for purposes of war, conquest and exploitation.
199. In this way, many countries will become puppet states of America before reason and realization will emerge in the responsible ones of governments and in many of the population, resulting in a turning away from the USA.
200. However, the great war will hardly be avoidable because the human beings of Earth will probably not accept the directions towards the better, therewith towards true love, true freedom and real peace, striving instead only towards wealth, pleasure and riches and for all manner of material values and unrestricted power.
201. Thus, huge and deadly formations of tanks will roll across the countries while fighter planes and rockets sweep through the air and bring death, ruin, destruction and annihilation to countries and people.
202. And the bad time will come, during which also the militaries and armies will cause out of control, great, wild and evil devastations and unimaginable massacres of the people, who will be forced to watch the wild activities powerlessly.
203. Your and our warnings will be cast into the wind by the majority of Earth humanity, even though quite a bit could still be saved and the very worst could be prevented if your and our words of love, peace, freedom, and wisdom would be acted upon.
204. But even that, unfortunately, is doubtful.
205. If the Third World War will actually happen—as calculations and observations appear to indicate to be probable now and also during the approaching few decades—then, as now, the civilian population will above all have to bear the brunt of the enormous suffering in tremendous numbers in this entire catastrophe and, last but not least, the fault of the irresponsible scientists who by cloning will create human machines for military purposes, devoid of conscience and feelings, and will create immensely deadly and all annihilating computer like weapons.
206. At the same time, the danger could become reality that the human combat machines, the military clones, will gain their independence and under their own management will bring death, devastation, destruction and annihilation to the human beings of Earth and to the planet.
207. The entire planet will become an arena of unparalleled suffering, which will never have existed before on Earth up to that time.
208. The cruel happenings will last about 888 days and cause civilization to collapse.
209. Yet, the terrible scenario will continue, and epidemics and various diseases as well as enormous famine will be spread among the people, while the economy of the world will totally collapse and there will be no possibility to produce any goods. 
210. Needless to say, all foods and medications, etc. will be rationed, and anyone who lays their hands on these goods will be put to death.
211. The insanity of war will extend not only across the land, but the disaster will equally be spread to the oceans, into the atmosphere, even into outer space.
212. But there will also be settlements under the ocean that will be developed in the course of the future and these will be attacked and destroyed, claiming the lives of many thousands of people.
213. However, a certain maelstrom of destruction will also originate from the undersea facilities; because in the cities at the bottom of the ocean, groups of submarine pirates will be formed which will burst upwards from the depths of the ocean and will become involved in destructive actions of combat with naval units on the surface.
214. And at this time, the possibility could become reality that extraterrestrial forces intervene against the Western industrialized countries, because these will be responsible for the extreme and enormous disaster of the coming evil times.
215. These extraterrestrial forces will give up their anonymity and their state of secrecy and will assist those who are being terrorized by the irresponsibly acting Western countries, should this possibility become reality.
216. In addition, apocalyptic natural catastrophes will occur which will cause all of Europe to shake and tremble; but Europe will continue to exist, even after having suffered enormous destruction.
217. Far in the West, it will be different; the United States of America will be a country of total destruction.
218. The cause for this will be manifold.
219. With her global conflicts which are continuously instigated by her and which will continue far into the future, America is creating enormous hatred against her, worldwide, in many countries.
220. As a result, America will experience enormous catastrophes which will reach proportions barely imaginable to people of Earth.
221. The destruction of the WTC, i.e., the World Trade Center, by terrorists will only be the beginning.
222. Yet all the apocalyptic events will not only be brought about due to the use of unbelievably deadly and destructive weapons—such as chemical, laser and others—and by cloned murder machines; but in addition to this, the Earth and nature, maltreated to the deepest depths by the irresponsible human beings of Earth, will rise up and cause destruction and bring death onto the Earth.
223. Enormous firestorms and gigantic hurricanes will sweep over the USA and bring devastation, destruction and annihilation, as this from time immemorial never before will have happened [sic].
224. Not only will America, but also all other Western industrial countries which still live at the beginning of the new millennium in the delusion that they could dominate and rule over underdeveloped nations, i.e., Third World countries, will not only soon lose influence over these but must defend themselves against them.
225. According to the prophecies of Henoch, the truth about industrialized countries is that they only seem to appear to be true civilizations, but in fact they are not; because more and more, at the end of the 20th century and at the beginning of the third millennium, they will disregard all true love, true freedom and true wisdom as well as true peace along with all values of humaneness and all values of men's and women's true being.
226. But not even all the terrible happenings will hinder the USA in continuing to proceed with her actions against all countries.
227. Even when the North American continent will be stricken by the most terrible catastrophe which has ever been recorded, evil military powers will wreak havoc with computerized and nuclear, biological and chemical weapons, whereby it will also happen that computerized weapons become independent and cannot be controlled any longer by human beings.
228. Overall, this is the most important part of Henoch's prophecies.

Billy:
But there is still more to explain, if I may ask you for it. At least, that is what you told me.

Quetzal:
229. You are untiring; so I will point out a few more important facts of the prophecies.
230. As of now, new epidemics have spread among the people of Earth; however, as Henoch prophesied, quite a number of further epidemics will follow.
231. Not only AIDS will occur worldwide in the 1990s, but also epidemics such as the so called "mad cow disease", i.e., BSE, out of which different strains of Creutzfeldt–Jakob syndrome will develop, lasting well into the new millennium.
232. Also, an epidemic known as Ebola will cause many deaths, as well as other unknown epidemics and diseases which will sporadically arise in epidemic proportions and will be new to the human being, causing great concern.
233. However, most of the evil will be brought about by politics.
234. France and Spain become involved with each other in armed conflicts, and even before World War Three will have broken out.
235. Yet France will not only engage in armed conflicts with Spain, for within her great unrests will arise, leading to upheavals and civil war, as [will be] the case in Russia and Sweden.
236. Especially in France and Sweden, machinations as well as dictatorial regulations of the European Union will cause much unrest and many uprisings; but also crimes committed by gangs and organized criminal elements in these countries will cause unavoidable civil wars. 237. In addition, significant tensions will arise between the native citizens and immigrants from foreign countries, who as a rule also observe religious beliefs different from those of the native populace.
238. And in the end, this will lead to severe conflicts.
239. Hatred against strangers, foreigners and people of different religious beliefs will be the order of the day, as well as the rise of neo Nazism, terrorism and right extremism.
240. Conditions similar to civil war will be in England, Wales and Northern Ireland and claim many lives.
241. The Soviet Union will be dissolved in this decade or at the latest by the beginning of the next.
242. The man decisive for this action will be Mikhail Gorbachev.
243. But this will not lead to rest, because the new Russia will continue its longstanding conflict with China over Inner Mongolia, with the result that Russia will lose a portion of this territory to China.
244. And China becomes dangerous, especially to India, as also at this time China maintains uneasy relations with her.
245. China will attack India; and if biological weapons are used, around 30 million human beings will be killed in the area of and around New Delhi alone.
246. However, this will not be the end yet—because the effect of biological bombs and missiles, etc., used cannot be controlled at that time, and terrible epidemics unknown up to that point in time will arise and will spread quickly to many areas.
247. Also Pakistan will allow herself to be misled to instigate a war against India, which will be especially dangerous in view of the fact that both countries are developing atomic weapons.
248. Yet Russia will not rest and will attack Scandinavia, and in doing so will embroil all of Europe. And months before that, a terrible tornado will have swept across northern Europe, causing great devastation and destruction.
249. It must still be stated that the Russian attack will occur during the summer, in fact, starting from Arhangelsk. Denmark will not be dragged into the war, due to the insignificance of this country.
250. Yet Russia will not be satisfied with this action of war, as her will for expansion will be ravenous.
251. And consequently Russia will launch a military attack against Iran and Turkey and will conquer these two countries in bloody fighting, causing enormous destruction.
252. In the Russian expansionist mentality will also be included the drive to gain control of the Middle Eastern oil deposits as well as to gain control of the southeastern region of Europe. Therefore, she will also invade the Balkans and conquer these countries there in enormous battles, causing ruthless and devastating destruction with many deaths.
253. This will be at the time that tremendous natural disasters will hit Italy and its people, causing severe hardship.
254. But this will also be at the time when Vesuvius could become active again and could spread tremendous havoc.
255. At the same time, a war will shake Italy and claim many human lives as well as cause great destruction.
256. Destruction of war will descend on the northern countries as strong military forces will invade them from the East and will pillage and murder as well as use bombs and missiles, like hail coming down, and hitherto unknown weapons of laser  and computer controlled types which will destroy and annihilate everything, whereby the first target will be Hungary and after that will follow Austria and northern Italy.
257. Switzerland will also be severely affected, but will not be the actual target; this will be France and Spain.
258. However, the main objective of the aggressors will be to bring all of Europe under their military control, and for that purpose France will be selected to be the headquarters. France will not only be invaded by the aggressors from the outside, but will also be conquered from within as a result of collaborative forces and other forces.
259. This can be envisioned as being the many foreigners of a different religion living in France at that time, and specifically Islam, which will be this force working from within.
260. Once France has fallen, a war to conquer Spain and England will take place. Subsequently, an alliance with the forces of the aggressors will be formed, which will invade Scandinavia.
261. For all these French based military operations, the weapons of mass destruction stored in the arsenals of France will be used and cause evil devastation, destruction and annihilation.
262. The aggressors from the East will force the French Army to join their military forces and lead a war of conquest against the northern countries of Europe, invading and conquering Sweden and Norway. Subsequently, these northern countries will be annexed by Russia.
263. Military forces will also attack Finland, whereby many will be killed and an enormous destruction will be caused, after which the complete dissolution of the country will occur and the Russian forces will settle in it for a very long time.
264. This, then, will also be the time, during which the German citizenship will even fight in a civil war and, at the same time, attack a large army from East Germany.
265. But the country and its population will be able to free themselves from the yoke of the aggressors again; it’s just that they will still fall into the hands of the invading military forces.
266. After a certain time, then, the nations will rise up against the aggressors and intruders; therefore, a European wide liberation struggle will break out.
267. At the same time, as a civil war rages in Germany, an enormously bloody revolution will break out in England which will claim more lives than will be claimed by the civil war in Germany.
268. And because England and Ireland have been at war for a long time already, due to the IRA and the police and military forces of England, the result will be (because this feud will continue up to that time) that this revolution will spread out to all of Ireland, especially affecting Northern Ireland.
269. Many lives will be lost during a civil war in Wales, where differences between various parties will arise before the Third World War.
270. Welsh and English forces will clash especially near Cymru, and claim many lives and cause great destruction.
271. But death, destruction and annihilation will not only rage in Europe but also in America, where much suffering will have to be endured and many deaths as well as destruction and annihilation will be.
272. America and Russia will have the most terrible weapons of mass destruction at their disposal—a fact which is already the case to a certain extent today—and will clash with violent force against each other at that time of conflict, whereby Canada will also be dragged into this conflict.
273. The source of this conflict will substantiate the Russian attack on the American State of Alaska and against Canada.
274. This conflict will result in mass killings of human beings as well as devastating destruction, annihilation and epidemics, etc., which mankind of Earth will never have seen and experienced up to that time.
275. Not only nuclear, biological and chemical weapons will be used en masse, but also enormously deadly systems of computer controlled weapons that are only in the beginning stages of development today, or will be invented and constructed during the third millennium.
276. As already mentioned, enormous natural catastrophes and rolling walls of fire and violent hurricanes will rage all across America, while, in addition, all the terrible effects of war will bring thousandfold deaths, destruction and annihilation.
277. America's largest cities will be absolutely destroyed, and firestorms will cause great disaster and misery.
278. Severe earthquakes and volcanic eruptions will also belong to that time, and these will cause much suffering and misery and deaths besides enormous destruction and devastation, as all of nature and the planet itself will rise up against the insanity of human beings on Earth.
279. However, tornadoes, earthquakes and volcanic eruptions will not only rage in America, but also in Europe and in the rest of the world.
280. These activities have already begun at the present time, also during the past decades—with the exception that they will become increasingly more devastating in the future.
281. And man of Earth is guilty for the most part today, as also in the future it is man who will destroy the entire environment—all of nature, the atmosphere, water and all the resources of the planet.
282. And through this, a shifting of weight inside the Earth takes place, caused for example by the creation of gigantic lakes by damming and by creating hollow caverns due to the exploitation of petroleum and gas, etc.
283. And thereby unnatural inner Earth movements are created, which also lead to unnatural tectonic effects and cause earthquakes and volcanic eruptions, which also in turn cause enormous climatic changes, resulting in horrendous tornadoes of devastating proportions which in the end will set their destructive energies free on the entire world.
284. All of this will lead to increasingly horrible floods and unusually massive snowfalls which will advance to the southern countries and finally even to the equatorial regions, because through the insanity of human beings the Earth has begun unnoticeably to spin [strangely] as a consequence of atomic explosions inside and on the surface of the Earth.
285. And this will be the reason that the planet will slowly but surely enter an extraordinary spinning orbit around the Sun, while the first phase is already occurring, which causes a change in climate, leading to a new ice age.
286. Yet the misery on Earth will continue, as two terrible civil wars will break out in America, whereby one will follow the other.
287. Afterwards, the United States of America will break apart and deadly hostility will prevail among her, which then leads to the division into five different territories; and it cannot be prevented that sectarian fanatics will play a dictatorial role.
288. Anarchy will be the worldwide condition that will prevail and torment human beings over a long period of time, as human beings will also be tormented by the many epidemics and diseases, many of them new and unknown to human beings and for this reason incurable.
289. Due to this fact, the bodies of many human beings will slowly and miserably decay, while unbearable pain will also occur as well as blindness and terrible respiratory problems that lead to suffocation.
290. The consciousness of many human beings will become impaired and succumb to feeblemindedness and insanity.
291. And all these gruesome occurrences will be traceable to biological and chemical weapons, which are the cause of not fast, but gruesome and slow deaths; and this will also occur due to the use of ray and frequency weapons which are already being developed today.
292. Finally, the words of Henoch may be specifically mentioned, which include that mankind of Earth, in pursuit of technology for mass destruction and greed for power, hatred, vengeance and riches, will ignore all values of Creation and will trample upon all values of love, wisdom, freedom and peace, as ancestors of the Henoch lineage have done before, to plunge the world into screaming misery, death, destruction and annihilation and into the most severe catastrophes mankind of Earth will ever have experienced.

Billy:
Those are, however, still not all the prophecies of Henoch.

Quetzal:
293. That is correct.
294. The given explanations should suffice, however.

Billy:
There, you are actually right. But tell me, what is actually up, now, with what you told me about the building of the pyramids, namely that human forces, i.e. human muscle power, had accomplished the building of the pyramids. Years ago, I was told that telekinetic forces had been in play, by what means the large cubes should have been moved through the air by thought, i.e. consciousness forces, which are and have always been mistakenly referred to as mental powers. But now, you have said something else. How does that reconcile itself?

Quetzal:
295. My recently given explanation is just as correct as that which you were given a few years ago.
296. Both recently as well as before, you only asked for a certain explanation, but not for one that should be complete.
297. So now, however, I will explain to you that both human muscle power, which accomplished most of the work, as well as telekinetic powers were used in the building of the pyramids.
298. The human muscle power was used by the people of the Earth, who worked on the building, while the telekinetic powers were used by the foreigners from the star systems Orion and Leo, and of these foreigners, however, only a few had powerful telekinetic powers; thus, only small works were settled in this manner.

Billy:
Thus, misunderstandings arise.

Quetzal:
299. Exact answers always trace back to an exact specifying of the questions.

Billy:
Of course. Then a clear question: several times, I have already determined that your knowledge is very comprehensive with regard to spiritual and creative interests. To what extent do you occupy yourself therewith?

Quetzal:
300. Also nothing remains hidden to you. –
301. My efforts go on, in order to acquire the status of an Ischwisch.

Billy:
Oh no, and you first say that now, after we have already known each other for so long.

Quetzal:
302. You never asked about it.

Billy:
Well roared, lion. – You are right, yes, because you only explain things about yourself if I ask for them. I should actually do that myself.

Quetzal:
303. That, you also do, yes.
304. When I think that I must constantly strive very much if I want to learn something about you.
305. Since you only rarely tell me something about yourself, as you also do so with the group members, I must always do my best to get to know something about you that is otherwise necessary for me.

Billy:
Then we are both just sick in the same hospital, if you know what I mean.

Quetzal:
306. This saying is known to me from you, yes.
307. But now, my friend, I should say goodbye again, for I am already here for nearly too long, and I still have important things to do.

Billy:
As you wish. Please greet everyone quite sincerely for me, and please convey to Semjase my best wishes. So go then, and farewell. Until we meet again.

Quetzal:
308. Until we meet again, my friend.

Billy:
Ah, one more moment please, my friend. As you were mentioning Henoch’s prophecy, the question went through my head as to why, actually, also Switzerland will come to the checkout, i.e. will be overrun by foreign war powers. Is there a particular reason for this? As a neutral State, our country should be respected and should remain spared from acts of war.

Quetzal:
309. If Switzerland would actually remain neutral, then it would also be spared from acts of war.
310. Through many irresponsible ones of the people and the government, the land of peace, as it was called in the early prophecies, will lose its true neutrality, despite contrary statements and promises of the irresponsible ones.
311. The fact will be that these irresponsible ones – for which they already prepare and strive today – will form connections with the UN and NATO, as well as with the forthcoming European Union, whereby the true neutrality of Switzerland will be destroyed, and indeed, against all contrary assertions of the responsible governments and the misled population, as I already explained to you.
312. Through the UN and NATO, Switzerland and also the citizens will be drawn into acts of war.
313. Although the UN should be of a purely peaceful nature, that won’t remain so because it will be inevitable in the new millennium that also the UN forces will take up arms.
314. Even though it will only be for defense in some circumstances, it still means acts of war, through which death will keep a rich harvest even in the ranks of the UN forces.
315. Nevertheless, that won’t be everything, for the idea of creating a European Union has already arisen in various high leaders of Europe, through which the people, who will comprise it, will be greatly limited in their freedom, as well as the various provincial governments that will sell off their countries entrusted to them to this European Union, which will exhibit very strong dictatorial tendencies.
316. Brussels in Belgium will become the governmental center for this union, and the responsible persons there will acquire tremendous compensations, which will have to be paid by the countries belonging to the union and their populations.
317. They will call these compensations Fair Pay, for which the citizens of all union member countries will have to perform hard work in the sweat of their brows.
318. Through these, the leaders of the European Union will be able to live in the lap of luxury at the expense of the citizens and will be able to laugh at the stupidity of their advocates.
319. The rulers of the individual countries, as well as those of the European Union in Brussels, will gradually take it so far, even to the point where they will want to sue and punish their rejectors, complainants, and critics.
320. And the doings of the European Union will ultimately be the decisive reason for the fact that from the east, military forces will invade Europe and will subjugate and destroy everything, if the entire population of Europe and their governments do not rationally work against everything, so that the threatening prophecies do not fulfill themselves.

Billy:
When should these connections with the planned European Union come about, then? I mean with regard to Switzerland.

Quetzal:
321. The beginnings for this will already be established by the leaders of the government of Switzerland in the coming nineties, but the actual connections won’t come about until the next millennium.
322. The irrationality of both the government and the majority of the Swiss people will, unfortunately, be more powerful than their reason.
323. And through this, all roads will be paved for the autonomy of the government, by what means the catastrophe will ultimately break out over Switzerland, if the country’s citizens still don’t become sensible and don’t counteract the machinations that lead to slavery and war.
324. The people in the European countries and, with these, also those in Switzerland, still have time to prevent everything and to turn to the better, but it is doubtful as to whether their reason will triumph and whether they will prevent the imminent evil thereby, for this is still possible during the next few years, but after this, it will then become too late very quickly.

Billy:
Reason is to be hoped for, but such hope will probably be pointless, I think.

Quetzal:
325. As well as everything looks, you’ll probably be right.
326. Unfortunately.

Billy:
It would be right to me if you would still say a few important things and if you’d mention some aspects that are important for the Earth people.

Quetzal:
327. I can do that, yes.
328. However, this requires that I inform someone about my extended absence.
329. Wait a moment…      
330. … Yes, it’s okay, I can postpone my task.
(Quetzal spoke in a language unfamiliar to me, over his communication device, with a female person who is likewise unknown to me.)
331. What should I speak of now?

Billy:
Let’s hear something in the sense of what you extraterrestrials have to tell us Earth people in general, regarding behavior and development, love, knowledge and wisdom, as well as regarding peace and truth, etc. In your kind, you are all very highly developed and extremely loving beings, who have overcome all acts of violence and who wish that we sorry Earth worms would also free ourselves from the illogical violence. In this context, I think that it would be appropriate for you to say a few words.

Quetzal:
332. There is a lot that can and must be addressed, and I would like to list that which I have to say as follows:
333. 1) For the earth humans, we wish that they, in all love and reason, tend toward bringing an end to all aggression, acts of violence and wars, as well as all criminality, all hate, all discord, every bondage as well as any craving for vengeance and retaliation.
334. 2) In order that correct justice and humanity, as well as true reverence for life can prevail, it is our desire that in all countries worldwide, torture as well as the death penalty be abolished and laws are enacted where every life and the right to soundness of the body and psyche are respected and placed under legal protection.
335. 3) We wish that a normal state of population and births be strived for on Earth and, in this regard, effective worldwide birth control be enforced, because only through this can too excessive an overpopulation be avoided and even further privation, criminality, hate against fellow men, wars, exploitation of Earth’s resources to the utmost, as well as new diseases, epidemics and misery be avoided and contained.
336. 4) A means of food production should be strived for on Earth among all people and these goods should be distributed in such a manner that the misery of hunger no longer develops and, therefore, all people have enough food.
337. 5) Earth humans should no longer be destructive in all areas of science and in the cultivation of land and forests, as well as water utilization, etc., but rather be constructive and progressive.
338. This also refers to the preservation of a healthy atmosphere and ever more threatening climatic change, with reference to that which originates through human fault.
339. 6) Earth humans should consciously unfold in the forms of love and knowledge, as well as in true humanity, and recognize Creation given evolution as the highest goal and meaning of life.
340. 7) Earth humans should utilize their sciences in such a manner that true, positive progress develops in every respect.
341. 8) The cognition, knowledge, experience, as well as wisdom should grow within earth humans that they are not the only human life forms in the entire universe and are, furthermore, but a fraction of the whole within the universe.
342. 9) True peace as well as true love and freedom should finally prevail on Earth and among all human beings regardless of skin colour, race and faith, without hate, revenge, jealousy, craving for retaliation, privation, misery, murder, homicide, terror and wars.
343. 10) It should come to an end that the countries of Earth even the poorest and most underdeveloped among them maintain armies that are armed to the teeth and senselessly burn away innumerable sums of money in the billions which could and should be used for the true well being of the people.
344. Thus it should finally cease that politicians and the military, as well as the most diverse organizations everywhere in the world, talk about peace and freedom, love and humanity, in order to justify tremendous financial expenditures on the one hand, and on the other hand, to snatch up even more of these funds for purposes of war and terror and to heat up the weapons industry so that further acts of terrorism and war can be carried out with the new weapons.
345. 11) It must finally come to an end on Earth that human beings with other forms of conviction as well as different faith, skin colour and race are hated, pursued, tortured and killed.
346. 12) It must come to an end that umpteen thousand tons of food are criminally destroyed on a daily basis for reasons of profit or, due to low market prices, they are simply thrown into rivers, fed to livestock or left to rot away; food which would spare millions of people from a death by starvation, in particular women and children who are the ones bearing the most misery in this regard.
347. 13) It must come to an end that earth humans as a whole face all their enormous problems helplessly and powerlessly because all the profit greedy, irresponsible and unscrupulous ones are able to conduct their criminal affairs unrestrained without being held accountable for them, as are also the governmental persons of responsibility who are incapable of administering their office within the framework of a just and appropriate leadership in order to resolve the mounting problems.
348. 14) Most urgently, the earth human must learn to bear his own responsibility and consciously act in a progressive manner in accordance with this.
349. It can no longer persist that the responsibility is simply shifted onto someone or something else, because the individual is responsible for all of his own thinking, feelings and actions.
350. The individual must recognize and adhere to his responsibility, because only when the individual begins recognition of his responsibility and adheres to his responsibility will the next person be prompted to do the same, whereby others, in turn, will join in, and finally the whole of Earth’s mankind will be taken up by it.
351. 15) If the individual person feels the need to actively do something to change the world, its human beings in particular, this actually is within his power, but only in such a manner that he be an example to his fellow man and fellow men.
352. Thus every person has it within him/herself to begin a change for the better, toward peace, love, freedom, progress, as well as toward knowledge and wisdom.
353. Everyone must make a start by himself and also discover the way to a free and happy life on his own.
354. Each person must first acquire an optimistic attitude solely for himself, and from this will initially result the progress of expansion through which his fellow men will be prompted and will join in.
355. And if people think consciously in this direction, then they will make the amazing discovery that all means and all hopes for a true progress exist only when they start everything by themselves.
356. 16) The human being must recognize, discover and experience, in detail through his own cognition, what his true, innermost being is and how it relates to the external personality.
357. 17) Unfortunately, earth humans have generally assigned top ranks or top status to political, economic, scientific, military, material and financial values.
358. These, however, are non values that bring tremendous damage through which the well being in physical and psychological aspects is impaired, as well as the consciousness related development of the individual and even of the whole of mankind.
359. As a result, the true sages and philosophers have vanished, making room for the “wanna be’s” with respect to wisdom and philosophy who frequently inundate the world and its mankind with horrendous nonsense that has nothing to do with reality, correctness and conformity to laws of the spiritual energies and Creation.
360. All of these non values must be removed in order to place the true sages back in their proper place in society.
361. The opportunity must be provided for these few who are presently on Earth, to emerge from their hidden solitude so that they can instruct the people.
362. In so doing, however, all those must be pushed into the background who spread unreasonable sectarian teachings and principles, through which earth humans have been pushed away from the real truth and have been misled.
363. 18) Earth humans must learn not to solely pursue materialism and money from birth until death, and hence they should not listen just to those who have amassed political or military power or an immense fortune.
364. And so they should neither aspire after them nor try to be like them, and devote neither their time, their work and efforts nor their initiative and lives to them, as well.
365. If people nevertheless do this, then they forfeit their evolution and thus the meaning of their existence.
366. And if they do not lose their life in a direct manner, then they make themselves dependent on the rulers of a political, dictatorial, military or materially wealthy form, shouting approval and support for them and becoming those who live an appearance instead of those who truly live/exist.
367. 19) The earth human must free himself from the variety of political, dictatorial, military, scientific and faith oriented directions, as this alone guarantees, on the one hand, the discovery and following of the path of the Creational truth and its laws and commandments, as well as, on the other hand, a loving, peaceful, liberated, wise and harmonious functioning of the individuals and the entire community of mankind.
368. Truthfully no movement of a political, military, economical, scientific, philosophical and faith oriented form should be allowed to dominate over another.
369. However if such domination exists, then rivalries, hate, racism, faith and political struggles, as well as discord, lack of freedom, unkindness, ignorance and many further non values develop which lead to destruction, murder and manslaughter, in addition to warlike actions and falsehood.
370. 20) The earth human must change toward the good and positive through his own reason and grasp of responsibility, and thereby rehabilitate himself.
371. Thus he must establish his own dimension and free himself from his self demeaning service toward all his shortcomings and his false hopes and desires.
372. The earth human considers that he will live new lives over and over again in striving for that which is higher in accordance with the Creational laws and commandments through many new personalities in reincarnation of the spirit form and the comprehensive consciousness block, namely in the obligation of a Creational path that he consciously develops in every logical, good and positive form.
373. But this means that every person must strive for his advancement through every personal responsibility, and society must also make that possible for him.
374. It is correct that everybody takes the trouble to perform the required work for which he will be paid and which will enable him to afford housing in one form or the other, as well as, in self responsibility, to bear the cost of his food and clothing and also for his training and education and for all arising needs.
375. 21) The earth human must learn to recognise and understand his true, innermost Creational being, because solely through will it be possible for him to get involved with his body and, above all, his material consciousness and its awakening and development.
376. Thus he learns his own self appreciation for his innermost being as well as his body and consciousness and come to this realisation by himself.
377. So the recognition and conscious arousal of one’s own innermost being occurs through the awakening of the material consciousness as well as true awareness of the body.
378. These 21 important things, dear friend, should be my statements for now, which I mentioned in accordance with your wish.
379. In another visit, I will, perhaps, try to continue with the statements.

Billy:
My sincere thanks for your remarks. I would also like to thank you in advance that you want to address even other points in later conversations. Many thanks.

Quetzal:
380. But now, it must really be enough for today.
381. Until we meet again.

Billy:
Bye. Until we meet again, and many thanks again.




216th Contact
Monday, March 16, 1987, 11:11 PM
Quetzal:
1. Here I am again, my friend.
2. Be greeted, and I am also to give you very warm greetings from Semjase and deliver the very best wishes.
3. Also Ptaah greets you very warmly, as well as Pleija, Asket and Nera, as well as Menara and Taljda.
4. In addition, those who are still unknown to you from the DAL Universe as well as from the planet Erra greet you.

Billy:
Be welcomed, my friend. It’s nice that you are here again. May I ask, how are all those who greeted me through you?

Quetzal:
5. They are all doing well.

Billy:
Nice to hear. Recently, we spoke of the coming gene manipulation by the earthly scientists. Afterwards, you told me that you would tell me something about gene doping in our next conversation.

Quetzal:
6. That is correct.
7. The genetic research by the earthly scientists will entail, namely starting from the new millennium, that fighters and sportsmen, etc. will receive stimulants and, thus, stimulant drugs in the form of gene injections.
8. This kind of doping for all kinds of purposes will become common worldwide in the coming time, and indeed, not only for humans but also for animals, which are driven to maximum performance through gene doping.
9. In particular, with military personnel, sports figures, and terrorist fighters, the new form of doping will cause a sensation, but also with respect to the animals, to whom gene doping injections, etc. are given, in order to drive them, on the one hand, to top performances and, on the other hand, to misuse them for purposes of war and terrorism.

Billy:
Then I have a question in reference to wisdom teeth, if you can give me an answer to it. Our scientists say that wisdom teeth of modern man are an unnecessary leftover from prehistoric man’s time and are absolutely unnecessary today. Is that right?

Quetzal:
10. Wisdom teeth are a necessity for humans because if these are missing, then the food is no longer chewed properly and is only crushed poorly.
11. However, especially the chewing and crushing of the food are necessary and of great significance and importance for the stomach and the intestines and for their digestive processes and, thus, for the breaking down and burning of the food.
12. Well chewed and crushed foods facilitate these processes quite tremendously.
13. The front teeth, i.e. the biting teeth or the tearing teeth, are not sufficient for the chewing process and crushing process, which is why these functions are assigned to the molars, and these include the so called wisdom teeth.
14. If the food isn’t chewed properly and is crushed poorly, then health problems will arise from this in the course of time, which can spread to and affect the stomach as well as the intestines and even the immune system, which appears with many people on the Earth, without them knowing what causes their suffering.
15. Stomach ulcers as well as intestinal ulcers are fairly often a result of a lack of quality with regard to the chewing and crushing of food.
16. Even the earthly physicians, etc. have, so far, gained no insights in this respect.
17. Indeed, by them and the scientists, it is even accepted – erroneously – that wisdom teeth are a useless leftover from the early days of the Earth people, but this corresponds to a misconception beyond compare.
18. Thus, even we, who are not only superior to the people of the Earth in consciousness but also in physical evolution, have wisdom teeth, of course, because these are, in fact, vitally necessary.
19. If humans are missing these teeth, then health problems, as I said, can appear.

Billy:
Thanks. – In the story of Jmmanuel, it is recorded that he had succumbed to sweating blood before being arrested by his captors. To my knowledge, this is called Hematidrosis. Many people, who aren’t educated in relation to this, suppose that sweating blood isn’t possible. But to my knowledge, this acceptance is erroneous.

Quetzal:
20. That is correct.
21. Hematidrosis, or sweating blood, is a reality.

Billy:
What does the future hold in regards to rain, snow, climate warming, etc.?

Quetzal:
22. I explained before that the coming time will bring all sorts of disasters in terms of the weather and the climate, i.e. their change.
23. In the next few decades and well into the third millennium, the Earth and its humanity will be afflicted by many natural disasters.
24. Great earthquakes, volcanic eruptions, and devastating thunderstorms, snowstorms, hurricanes, and violent cyclones will be rife, whereby tremendous amounts of water and snow will fall down from the clouds upon the Earth, causing enormous floods and snow catastrophes in the form of enormous avalanches, etc.
25. The origin for this will be in global warming, which will partially be attributed to natural causes but mostly to the environmental pollution, environmental degradation, and climate influence of the Earth people, as this has already been the case for many years.
26. The Earth’s climate is changing, and as a result, everything leads to greater evaporation of the seas, streams, rivers, and lakes, for which the greenhouse gas, CO2, is also to blame, which the people release into the atmosphere.
27. Through this, many other things also change in the nature of the Earth as well as in the planet itself, such as the circulation and the number and intensity of the winds, which are becoming increasingly stronger and more powerful and which grow into severe hurricanes, etc.
28. The two main factors, evaporation and stronger storm related winds, make it that during the periods from spring to autumn, massive rain storms break out over the Earth, and enormous masses of water rain down and flood everything, while in the cold winter season, also vast amounts of moisture are driven over the areas of the mainland, forming into snow crystals in the cold air and leading to very unusually heavy and extreme snowfalls, which often continue for days.
29. This means, however, that the danger of avalanches will also very greatly increase in the mountains – especially in Europe –  whereby the greatest destructions will be caused, and many human lives will have to be lamented through terrible deaths, when increasingly more, larger, more dangerous, and more destructive avalanches appear.

Billy:
And what causes avalanches, or what is the reason for an avalanche formation?

Quetzal:
30. Basically, through winds, sunshine, and cold fronts, various snow layers form, which are only loosely stacked on top of each other, so for example, underneath is a crusted, frozen layer, and above that is a loose and quite airy layer or simply loose, powdery snow.
31. Such structures enough, then, for an avalanche to occur, when – through a gust of wind, through a snowdrift breaking off, through a slight shock of earthly origin – a small movement between the different covers of snow arises.
32. In addition, avalanches are released by all kinds of animals as well as by irresponsible people who go on such dangerous snow cliffs – on foot or on skis or sleds, etc. – whereby the slightest shocks are enough to trigger a catastrophe.
33. Depending on the critical structure of the various, resulting snow layers, a thrown snowball or object may already be enough for the releasing of an avalanche.
34. In fact, often just the slightest shocks are sufficient.

Billy:
And what are the most dangerous avalanches?

Quetzal:
35. Undoubtedly the snow powder avalanches.
36. This is a fact that, unfortunately, isn’t recognized by many people and leads to fatal accidents.

Billy:
Do all climate changes actually have no consequences for the planet itself? Do you know something about this?

Quetzal:
37. Of course, the planet itself is also affected in various forms, but to enumerate all of these in detail would take too long.
38. However, it should be said that all resulting changes in the climate as well as the greenhouse gas and the inner earth resource exploitation by the Earth person will lead, in the course of time, to a change in the Earth’s rotation.
39. At first, this will only be imperceptible, and in 100 years, it will only amount to about a sixth of a second, but this will steadily increase in subsequent periods and centuries as well as millennia.

Billy:
And will this be through the fault of the Earth person, or will there also be natural, planetary, and cosmic factors in play?

Quetzal:
40. Your acceptance is right; on the one hand, the Earth people will be very much to blame for these coming changes, but on the other hand, completely natural, planetary, and cosmic process will also play a role that isn’t to be underestimated.

Billy:
With that, you probably mean the way of all ephemeral, into which everything, including the Earth, is arranged?

Quetzal:
41. That is the sense of my words, yes.

Billy:
May I now ask how old your mother and your father are?

Quetzal:
42. That is no secret.
43. My mother is 481, and my father is 483 years old.

Billy:
Do you know of even other universes than the DAL Universe and ours? With this, I don’t just mean other dimensions or other space time configurations in our DERN Universe but actually other universes, so foreign ones that don’t belong to our two twin universes.

Quetzal:
44. Actually, we have already concerned ourselves scientifically with foreign universes for a long time, but so far, we haven’t been able to gain any concrete insights that would enable us to penetrate into such universes.
45. We have knowledge and proofs of the existence of foreign universes, but it is still impossible for us to break them open; therefore, we can presently only visit the DERN’s sister universe, i.e. the DERN’s twin universe and, thus, the DAL Universe.
46. However, our scientists as well as Asket’s people and their highly developed allies are working very hard on solving the problem at hand.
47. A success is likely to be expected, however, in at least 15 years.

Billy:
That would be shortly after the turn of the millennium. If I remember this in the new millennium, then I will ask you or another one of you about how the relevant researches stand.

Quetzal:
48. That will remain open for you.

Billy:
Somehow, I will surely remember it, even though my memory has suffered greatly since my health collapse.

Quetzal:
49. I also think that this will be the case.
50. Your memory surely won’t let you down, as you tend to say.

Billy:
Semjase once explained to me, in response to one of my questions, that antimatter is real and that this was already discovered by your ancestors more than 50,000 years ago and has been used by you since that time as beamship propulsion. Since then, have you researched and developed new techniques for this?

Quetzal:
51. Of course.
52. Negative matter, as we call antimatter, has already been used by us for fifty millennia for all sorts of purposes, and of course, also many other researches were connected with it and still are; therefore, new insights will also constantly be won and will create new ones, with which negative matter is brought to application or is used.

Billy:
Understood. But tell me, are you also familiar with Meteoropathy? Since my accident in Iskenderun in Turkey on the 4th of August, 1964, as well as since my severe health collapse on the 4th of November, 1982, I suffer from Meteoropathy at the Center, particularly in reference to my lost arm, with which I address excessive phantom pains, which can sometimes drive me up the wall and make me half insane.

Quetzal:
53. Physical Meteoropathy is caused by planetary as well as solar conditioned fluctuations or variations that affect humans and animals as well as plants, and indeed, in all genera and species, when these have any organic or physical injuries.
54. These include scarring, on the bones as well as on the skin, flesh, muscles, veins, and organs.
55. With us, however, this Meteoropathy no longer appears among humans because with all resulting injuries – as well as with illnesses, if such would exceptionally occur once, which is virtually impossible, however – healing measures and healing processes are carried out and are brought to application, which completely repair all injuries to bones, flesh, skin, and organs down to the last detail; consequently, no scarring or other factors of injury and, thus, no aftereffects remain that could cause Meteoropathy.

Billy:
Then I have a question about aromas and smells. Where, actually, do humans perceive aromas and smells in truth? It can’t just be the olfactory organ, right? And what exactly is to be thought of the Bach Flower Theory?

Quetzal:
56. Aromas and smells aren’t just perceived through the olfactory organ, i.e. the nose, but also through the skin.
57. In addition, the palate and the tongue play a certain role, as this is also the case in terms of taste.
58. The actual center of the perception of aromas, perception of smells, and perception of taste, however, is the limbic system, in which all relevant perceptions concentrate and are processed.
59. Through this processing of aromas and smells, as well as the associations of taste, thoughts and feelings arising from this are likewise triggered, as well as emotions, certain behaviors, body reactions, actions, organ reactions, skin reactions, and memories.
60. Aromas, smells, and tastes also affect the immune system, from which it follows that they may also be health promoting or injurious to health, namely depending on their type and intensity.
61. Of course, this is also valid for the psyche and for the consciousness.
62. Concerning Bach Flower Therapy, the same is valid, like with the application of other similar or parallel therapies or other utilizations of aromas and smells.
63. This also applies to flavorings.
64. All these substances should not and may not be handled thoughtlessly and carelessly.
65. But unfortunately, this often isn’t considered by the Earth person because he always chooses to exaggerate these things, which often causes more harm than good; only minor or no successes at all are achieved.
66. This is also so in reference to Bach Flower Therapy, which truly doesn’t reach the form of application that would basically correspond to what is right.
67. For example, when psychological interests are concerned, Bach Flower Therapy, as a rule, doesn’t work at all or only partially, and indeed, even with months of application.
68. So the rule is that solely through the mental and emotional adjustment of the person during these months are psychological troubles removed, which is then erroneously attributed to the Bach Flower Therapy, which is brought to application in far too low concentration.
69. In and of itself, Bach Flower Therapy is just as good in its value as any other aromatherapy, smell therapy, and taste therapy, but all these therapies become useless or injurious to health if misused, which can be the case both through an underdosage but also through an excessive dosage.
70. Unfortunately, through the profiteering and greed as well as through the ignorance of the Earth people, a lot of nonsense, untruthfulness, deception, and charlatanism are pursued in this area in many ways.
71. In terms of this, and especially with respect to the general lack of understanding in these areas, the applications of aromas, smells, and tastes require extreme caution.
72. In this regard, authoritative researches and insights of a scientific nature are not yet given on the Earth with the humans in the way that they could be referred to as actual results and knowledge.
73. Everything is, so to speak, still in its children's shoes, as you tend to say.
74. Real research results as well as real insights of a scientific nature in this regard should first be made toward the end of this or at the beginning of the new millennium.
75. Only after that will everything slowly take a turn for the better, in regards to the utilization of aromas and smells as well as flavorings.

Billy:
We on the Earth have consulates or embassies in all countries. These have the task of representing citizens who belong to their home countries in foreign countries and also of performing other duties that result with the host country and the home country, whereby also purely political matters must be settled by these institutions, and in particular, the transmission of messages also falls to the embassies. But now, here in the world, it is the case, as you once told me, that in the future, more and more of these consulates and embassies will be threatened, invaded, occupied, and perhaps even blown up into the air by terrorists, lunatics, and assassins, etc. Of course, under certain circumstances, this will also bring a lot of trouble for the people who reside in the environment, perhaps even ruin and death. Here, I ask myself, how is this with you, for you certainly also have similar institutions, through which home country citizens are represented and through which messages, etc. are transmitted, right? Also, such enterprises are probably necessary in regards to contact with your Federation and the governments as well as with those who don’t belong to your alliance.

Quetzal:
76. That is quite correct.
77. We also have such institutions, of course, but on our own planets, they aren’t related to the same political framework as the one you know on Earth.
78. Purely planetary institutions in relation to this only have the duties of care, order, and administration, but no political aspects, etc., for our worlds are guided by the spirit leadership of a central form, whereby the institutions mentioned, then, are the actual executive bodies.
79. Of course, the same are also responsible in certain cases, which are specified very much together with the central spirit leadership, for particular aspects concerning the governments of planets of our Federation as well as with governments of worlds that are foreign to the Federation.
80. But overall, they are only representatives who exercise their duties on behalf of the central spirit leadership who, in turn, represents the people’s will, which is fathomed in each case by planet wide votes.
81. Such votes, for which you say elections among yourselves, take place in accordance with proposals, etc. from the people, but also in accordance with the ideas and proposals of the central spirit leadership or with regard to advice from the High Council.
82. In the past, when separation and discord still prevailed among our peoples, institutions of the aforementioned kind also existed, of course, whereby these were likewise exposed to attacks by discontented ones, etc., as this will also be the case on the Earth in the coming time in different countries, which is why the institutions’ own alert forces and protective forces will no longer be sufficient and will be reinforced over time by the police and army.
83. Thus, our very distant ancestors had the same problems with discontented ones, with fanatics, terrorists, and assassins, with regard to attacks and destructions, etc. on the aforementioned institutions, whereby also racial hatred, hatred of foreigners, and other degenerate extremism played important roles.
84. In order to protect the institutions, and indeed, also a wide variety of others that had official forms of government, a decision was put into effect, which stipulated that all governmental buildings and administrative buildings, etc. be banned from all residential areas and be transferred to uninhabited areas that were exclusively valid for the purpose of the institutions and that, of course, also found appropriate formations with water features, trees, and all sorts of bushes, flowers, and other plants.
85. Far outside of these institutional systems, so that the residents didn’t feel trapped and imprisoned, everything was fenced in and was equipped with security equipment, which made it absolutely impossible for an undetected penetration by water, land, or air, as well as for a penetration of an underground kind.
86. In this connection, there were also guards who closely monitored every person and every vehicle or aircraft, when allowed entry, driving, or flying into the secured area.
87. Through this, unauthorized ones were prevented from entering the premises and causing harm as well as disaster and destruction and endangering human lives.

Billy:
It is always said that sea salt should be much healthier than regular table salt. Probably for this reason, namely that it is supposed to be healthier, it is also sold at much higher prices than normal salt. Moreover, the prices are set so high that they are often 40 or 50 times higher, or even more, than what traditional table salt costs.

Quetzal:
88. That is undoubtedly an evil scam because sea salt doesn’t contain any better or higher values than actual table salt.
89. Both salts correspond to the same values.
90. Therefore, when it is maintained that sea salt contains better values or is healthier than the so called normal salt, this corresponds to a lie, if not fraud, since very high prices are demanded for it and, thus, dishonest business practices are pursued with this.

Billy:
You once explained to me – as Semjase and Ptaah have also done this – that Nazi doctors as well as Nazi surgeons, in collaboration with Nazi psychologists and Nazi psychiatrists, were involved in the sterilization by force of thousands of women of the Jewish faith, as well as members of the Sinti and Roma and also criminals and those hindered in consciousness, during World War II. You also said that the same activities were also quite common in Switzerland, as well as in Sweden and France, in America and in the Soviet Union. In Sweden alone, so you said, more than 60,000 women were maltreated in this inhumane and legally untenable form.

Quetzal:
91. That is correct.
92. But the whole thing still has no end, for in different countries, this inhumane practice is still secretly operated, and indeed, even in Switzerland, in France, the Soviet Union, and in America.
93. But also in Sweden, this doing is still common in secret.
94. Of course, this fact is vehemently denied in all countries, and this evil is practiced under the strictest secrecy.
95. As we know, Switzerland already practiced this inhumane unworthiness at the end of the 19th century, while Sweden and France first began with this practice in the twenties of the twentieth century, which is also true of the Soviet Union as well as America.
96. The justifications for these atrocities ranged from preventing or eradicating unworthy life up to the need for relevant researches, in order to gain medical insights, etc., from which new medicines and methods of health treatment could allegedly be investigated and produced.
97. But overall, this action corresponded and corresponds to an inhumane, criminal act beyond compare.
98. There is never an excuse for this.

Billy:
I think so, too. But when I keep in mind how these women suffered in their thoughts and feelings and in their psyches, as well as in their consciousnesses, and how they must continue to suffer, then I blow my top off. Yet it seems quite absurd to me if I overexert myself over this, so it’s probably better that I let time run its course and wait until sooner or later, everything comes to the public’s attention, and through this, these crimes against women will be combated and come to an end. I still think it’s important to say – which you have mentioned – that particularly in Switzerland, the authorities, such as the poor offices and guardianship authorities, in collaboration with the doctors of psychiatry and surgery, were the criminal and felonious gang that was responsible for these horrible atrocities, along with certain aid agencies that tore families apart and destroyed them, such as the Pro Juventute, about which I also know how to sing a bad song, and indeed, not just with respect to the wanderers, i.e. the Yenish, through whom a tremendous amount of suffering was caused by this organization. And since I’m already talking about the aid agencies, then I would also like to address you on the international aid agencies as well as on the children’s aid agencies and on the United Nations, i.e. the UN. Regarding many of these relief agencies or organizations, I have had very bad experiences in different countries, but I’ve also heard incredible complaints from children, adolescents, and young as well as older women, who told me their concerns and problems. So for example, when I was in Mehrauli in New Delhi in India, each week, I picked up a small hand cart full of instant milk at a European and American aid agency, in order, then, to feed it to the dogs in our animal station. For this milk – Donated by the People of the United States – we paid 5 to 10 U.S. dollars in each case. On the other hand, I experienced, like in a sect church, various food that was donated in such a way, which was sold to the believers, and it was such that those who received the most were the ones who had donated most diligently to the collections. But that’s not all, because what I saw myself and what children, adolescents, and women also complained to me was that they often only received donated food or other relief supplies if they fulfilled the sexual desires of the members or helpers of the aid agencies or when they let themselves be sexually abused and, thus, raped without resistance. This was likewise explained to me by children, adolescents, and younger as well as older women, who, as refugees, were dependent on food or any other relief supplies. Several of those who complained to me of their suffering were pregnant or had given birth to children through these criminal machinations of the helpers of aid agencies.

Quetzal:
99. The unpleasant events relating to this, as well as your experiences from your childhood, are well known to me.
100. It really is a shame, how these so called aid agencies have behaved in earlier times and what power they have exercised, to which also the authorities, psychiatrists, doctors, surgeons, poor care and guardianship offices have stooped.
101. But likewise to be described as a shame and as criminally inhumane are also the events mentioned by you and the conduct of the members and helpers of the aid agencies.
102. This also applies to the relevant criminal machinations of the fallible ones who belonged to the UN.
103. But unfortunately, it is also the case that these practices still continue to be operated by the irresponsible ones, and therefore, there is still no end in sight in this regard.
104. Still, nothing about this has become public; therefore, everything will continue for quite some time.
105. And when the time comes when everything reaches the public’s attention, it will be such – as it is always the case when any atrocities and crimes are uncovered – that the responsible persons will act – often against better knowledge – as though they didn’t have the slightest idea of everything and, thus, will be totally shocked.
106. This can be expected with a clear conscience, in reference to the remark, because we know the circumstances and machinations of the fallible ones in the aforementioned form very well through our own observations; therefore, I can also confirm your statements.

Billy:
I can remember everything very well, and it still gives me pain today when I think of the pains and sufferings of all of those children, adolescents, and women, who complained to me of their powerlessness. The fact that I beat the crap out of two such scoundrels, when I caught them in a rape, still gives me satisfaction to this day. But something else: a doctor urged me to ask you if you could provide information about whether susceptibility to kidney stones is inheritable. In regards to these matters, quite insufficient insights still prevail among the earthly doctors, etc.; therefore, it would really be of importance if you could provide some enlightenment. You should also be certain of the thanks of the doctor.

Quetzal:
107. That is actually the case, yes.
108. Susceptibility to kidney stones can be inheritable through a gene contingent, metabolic defect.

Billy:
And what specific substances form kidney stones, or where do they come from?

Quetzal:
109. Calcium oxalate stones, as kidney stones are called, are caused by several things, such as by foods.
110. These include, among other things, vegetables such as beets, asparagus, rhubarb, nuts, and beetroots (garden beets, red beets), etc.
111. However, other products are also to be mentioned, such as cocoa and cocoa products.
112. Also, poor nutrition, deformities of the kidneys, as well as urinary obstruction and urinary tract infections can be causes for kidney stones.
113. However, foods that contain a lot of oxalates are particularly the ones that form kidney stones.
114. What is also significant in this regard is sugar, which is why sugar rich foods and beverages, etc. shouldn’t be enjoyed in excess but only in moderation and with a limit.
115. Added to this is the liquid water, which plays a very important role, so that the toxins and, thus, also the excess oxalate are washed from the body.
116. Therefore, it is essential that sufficient liquid is always drunk, but always only within the limits of what a person needs.
117. And since no one is the same as another in this relation, one normally requires 2 to 3 liters of water per day, while another must only drink two or three deciliters, in order to ensure the right balance of fluid for his body.
118. With exertions or heat, this can change, of course, like also, for example, through illness and, thus, also through fever; consequently, a greater need for fluid to be supplied can then develop.
119. For your part, if I still want to come to speak on that, you’re one of those people who need very little fluid, and sometimes, less than a deciliter per day is enough, if your body absolutely requires any liquid at all.
120. This is something that many misinformed people – even doctors – can’t understand or don’t want to understand because it simply goes over their heads.
121. The reason for the low fluid needs of such people, as you are one of these, is to be found in the fact that there is a very high metabolism and, therefore, also a very good digestion and utilization as well as burning and conversion of the nutrients; consequently, very few toxins are incurred, which don’t burden the organism and which only sporadically have to be flushed out of the body again with very little liquid.
122. This is also true, of course, for the food wastes that form in the intestines through the burning of nutrients, which are then excreted – also sporadically – as feces.
123. What is still to be mentioned further with respect to the prevention or lower susceptibility to kidney stones in those who only drink small amounts of liquid is that they also have little food in their diet that is high in oxalates.

Billy:
Then I now have a question about the migraine, which afflicts so many Earth people. Can you tell me what triggering factors stand behind this?

Quetzal:
124. A migraine is triggered by stressful situations, that is, by stress that is caused physically, in consciousness, or psychologically.
125. Such stressful situations can occur periodically, chronically, or sporadically, namely depending on how the person behaves in reference to the forms mentioned, so in consciousness, physically, or psychologically.
126. Especially in psychological and consciousness related terms, the resulting thoughts and feelings are of the utmost importance, since these determine the state of the psyche as well as the state of the consciousness.
127. Another important factor is food that is also responsible for triggering a migraine, and to be sure, in the form when certain foods aren’t tolerated by a person, as this is often the case, for example, with milk or milk products.
128. Intolerable foods release physical stressful situations that can be controlled and processed by people susceptible to migraines just as little as also the psychological and consciousness related stress factors that are produced.
129. There may also be a predisposition to a migraine due to any health problems or a gene contingent inheritance, whereby the aforementioned stressful situations are caused.
130. It is also possible that organic or physical injuries, including all kinds of scarring, etc., can cause the release of a migraine, as well as allergies and certain diseases, by what means stressful situations can likewise be triggered.
131. And as stated, those suffering from migraines aren’t able to control, process, or overcome the stress appearing in various forms, which then even leads to sufferings and barely tolerable pains.
132. Thus, all factors that lead to any stress should already be turned off in advance – of course, as far as possible.
133. This has reference to work, to dealing with others and everyday life situations, as well as to food, with which all that is incompatible should be avoided.
134. Influences for the occurrence of a migraine are also electromagnetic radiations that emanate from machines and electric cables, as well as from electric motors and from electrical appliances.
135. In addition, a strong Earth radiation can also be decisive for a migraine in certain cases, as well as static electricity that accumulates in certain materials of human achievements and that comes into direct contact with those who are susceptible to migraines.
136. It is also to be said that people who are prone to migraines can also trigger these through medicines that are incompatible for them, herbs, aromas, and odors, and also through drinks that are harmful to them, as well as through personal care products like soap, balm, lotion, shampoo, and cream, etc.
137. Also a variety of oils, greases, and liquids, as well as chemicals can be triggers for migraines, if they come in contact with the skin or with the mucous membranes or the internal organs.

Billy:
That’s tremendous, everything that plays a role there. Our medical science still knows nothing or only very little about that. And it will surely still take some time before it gets behind all these facts. May this be soon, because for those who are befallen to migraines, their condition is a hell.

Quetzal:
138. That is correct, but unfortunately, it will still take many years before the earthly scientists recognize the decisive important things through their research efforts and then find the necessary means and ways to be able, then, to remove the migraine evil at last.

Billy:
And of course, those who are befallen to migraines, then, must also contribute their part to this, through their mental work and through the feelings arising from this, I mean in terms of healing, because if I understood correctly, then this cooperation is, indeed, necessary.

Quetzal:
139. This cooperation is, in fact, necessary because a lot depends on the thoughts and feelings and, thus, on the psychological state, at least still for now, since still no medicines are found or still no genetic engineering is created, by which all factors of migraine production could be eliminated permanently.
140. Unfortunately, the way and the necessary remedies still haven’t been found in the earthly medicine, and it will still take some time before this happens.

Billy:
Then once again, I have a question regarding the pre Columbian Nazca Indian culture, i.e. the Nazca Indians, who resided in the valleys and areas of Nazca, Ica and Pisco and who made gigantic geoglyphs in the desert plain, which have remained up to this day. I asked about these once before, and I was told that these pictures concern astrology gardens. But in addition to this, I mean to this explanation, it was then later noted that the real purpose of this huge layout of geoglyphs didn’t just serve for astrology. But then, unfortunately, no further explanation was given to this because I didn’t continue to ask about it. I would like to do that now with this: What, now, is the actual purpose of these giant pictures?

Quetzal:
141. The Nazca geoglyphs, as you call them, at the time of the Nazca culture, formed a large ritual site in their entirety; therefore, one can speak of a ritual garden, of an astrology ritual garden, or of a ritual area or rather a ritual landscape.
142. The rituals carried out there corresponded to faith related, cultic actions and, thus, religious actions.
143. The types of rituals served several purposes, but fertility rituals were the most common forms that were carried out at these cult sites or ritual sites.
144. However, just like the Stonehenge structures   i.e. the megaliths, located to the north of Salisbury, Wiltshire in southern England   the Nazca layouts also served as general meeting places as well as judgment sites and sites of execution.

Billy:
So all of the various allegations are rubbish, such as the ones that the geoglyphs would mark or indicate underground rivers or that these are prehistoric airfields of or for extraterrestrials, as this, along with other things, is fantasized by Erich von Daniken. These geoglyphs in the desert plains of southern Peru show enormous geometric figures, animals, plants, and humans, which are only recognizable in their entire forms from a certain height. For this reason, one might get the idea that the pictures could have somehow been made by specific instructions from a certain height.

Quetzal:
145. That is correct.
146. The actual meaning of the Nazca geoglyphs is based in the explanations that I gave you.
147. All other explanation attempts by any ignorant ones, profiteers, or people given to fantasies or imaginations correspond to wild fantasies, confused assertions, or deliberate deceptions.
148. What you say in regards to the fact that the geoglyphs are only recognizable in their full forms from a certain height, as this is the case with respect to other similar pictures in other parts of the world, I must say that this is actually so.
149. However, the production of the pictures isn’t actually based on the fact that from a certain height, instructions would have been given for it.
150. In truth, all measurements, etc. were made in an extremely accurate manner on the ground alone, even though this may seem unbelievable to today's Earth people because they can’t make any such images themselves.
151. Unfortunately, the people on the Earth always tend to search for impossible explanations for things that they don’t know and don’t understand.
152. And wherever or for whatever they find no explanations, then it must be aliens, ghosts, or demons, and even when that is no longer possible, then it’s simply taken to be a miracle, even though there are no miracles within the entire creative realm and, thus, also in the entire universe and in all dimensions.
153. In fact, everything that is seen can be explained; it’s just that the necessary insights and knowledge are also necessary for this, and precisely in these, the Earth people are still lacking in very many respects.
154. Their cognition and understanding as well as their knowledge and their wisdom still aren’t so comprehensive that they could understand and explain all things and concerns, etc., which is why, in their ignorance, they call everything that is still unexplainable to them “miracles” or search for solutions and explanations that fall into the realms of fantasy and error.
155. Although the Earth person only learns slowly, in time, he will find the solutions to the things that are still unknown and mysterious to him.

Billy:
You speak a true word, but in this respect, only few people want to let themselves be taught because the people are stubborn and don’t want to let go of their old, inoculated pattern and, thus, also not their erroneous thinking but rather continue to live by faith in the old, traditional muddling and in religious acceptances, letting themselves be deceived by religions and sects and letting themselves go astray.

Quetzal:
156. With that, you unfortunately express a truth that is extremely regrettable.

Billy:
I know that, which is why I also said it. But now, I would like to ask you: how important, actually, is light for humans as well as for animals? Concerning plants, it is well known that these don’t grow and can’t exist without light, with certain exceptions, like when these grow in the dark. But with that, the question becomes loud and clear: why can these do without light? Can you give me a satisfactory answer to this? This question doesn’t just interest me but also others, which means that I was asked about it. Also a student is interested in this, as a result of her biology lessons.

Quetzal:
157. Of course, I can give you information about that:
158. Plants that grow without light underground – the ones of which you speak – always grow towards the light.
159. And light is also vibrationally present in the dark, even though the person, with all his senses or by technical apparatuses, can’t ascertain this, such as by light sensing devices.
160. The vibrations of light don’t simply end at the surface of an object, on the rock stratum and rocks as well as on the Earth's surface or at a dark cloud in space, etc.; rather, these still penetrate very deeply into matter.
161. This means that also in the subsoil of the Earth, certain plants can prosper because they grow toward the light vibrations that are invisible to humans and that penetrate through the soil and which are sufficient for the prosperity of the plants to be assured.
162. This is a fact that will still remain a secret to the earthly scientists of biology for a long time; therefore, they still must first investigate and fathom everything.
163. Without these light vibrations that penetrate very deeply into the Earth, the underground plants, as we call them, couldn’t prosper and couldn’t exist.
164. However, where the light vibrations are no longer able to penetrate, also no plants can grow any more.
165. It is also important to note that the deeply penetrating light vibrations only exhibit partial rays of actual light and, therefore, a different form than the actual light vibrations.
166. Moreover, such forms of light are already known to the earthly scientists; it’s just that these don’t concern the ones that penetrate into certain depths of matter.
167. And from the same light vibrations, from which the underground plants or plants of the dark draw their vitality, also the underground animals or animals of the dark benefit, including the fish of the dark and deep sea animals of every genus and species.
168. Also, animals and humans need a great amount of light, including the nighttime animals or the nocturnal animals.
169. Also the so called night owls, i.e. nocturnal people, need light, and indeed, without exception, even if life behavioral patterns and all physical and organic factors adapt themselves and new day and night behavioral patterns come about, as this applies, for example, to the Inuit, i.e. the Eskimos.
170. These have a completely different life rhythm than all those people who are arranged into the day and night rhythm throughout the whole year, which isn’t the case with the Inuit, as you know, because in the area of the high north with the Eskimos, different day and night conditions prevail than what are given in the rest of the world.
171. If the person changes – apart from the accustomed change with the Inuit – his daily rhythm and, with this, also his life rhythm, such as through irregular working hours, which you call shift work, then health problems and even serious health damages can appear, which can result, on the one hand, through the irregularity of the lifestyle and, on the other hand, through the changed lighting conditions and, thus, through unsuitable, artificial light.
172. Stomach and intestinal troubles as well as serious stomach and intestinal diseases can be the result, as well as bad depressions and aggressiveness and also dizziness, nausea, blurred vision, and a general functional impairment of the immune system.
173. If a person – and this is also true for animals – is lacking the absolutely essential light, then very negative disturbances and changes also occur in the hormonal balance, by what means, in turn, the immune system is strongly impaired in its strength and function.
174. Lack of light also leads very quickly to thought interferences, emotional disturbances, and concentration problems, by what means, in a short time, also disturbances of the psyche appear, which in turn cause psycho somatic effects in the body and organs.
175. At the same time, this concerns suffering with pain symptoms, etc. that can’t be diagnosed by the earthly doctors because often, they are not yet advanced far enough in the area of medicine.

Billy:
Thanks for your detailed explanations. Do you actually still have enough time to answer even more question for me, for I still have a few things in stock? If your time should be tight for you, then everything can, indeed, be moved to our next conversation.

Quetzal:
176. At the moment, there aren’t any urgent duties that I would have to settle quickly.
177. Thus, I still have a while to satisfy your questions with explanatory answers.
178. So let’s hear what questions you still have.
179. But remember that even I am not all knowing, and thus, I can only give you information with respect to my general knowledge and my learned activities and scientific fields.

Billy:
You speak so sententiously; it could be directly from me, if I tried to express myself nobly.

Quetzal:
180. I also learn a lot from you, and especially from your written works, which you’ve already composed in excellent German since your early youth and childhood, which itself makes a great impression with our linguists.

Billy:
And still this. You make me embarrassed.

Quetzal:
181. That doesn’t lie in my sense.

Billy:
Concerning Mars, I have another question: Even though the entire planet is practically a wild, dry landscape, there is, nevertheless, a rather thick and large layer of ice on the South Pole, which could be compared to the layers of ice of our Arctic and Antarctic. Of course, the conditions aren’t right for this; nevertheless, this South Pole layer of ice is present, as I could see during the flight around Mars when, on the one hand, Semjase first took me there in her beamship, as we flew to the Great Spacer of her father Ptaah, and also after that, as Ptaah circled around Mars again on the return flight to Earth, in order to show me even other things, as this was also the case with all other SOL planets and several of their moons, which I wanted to see. Then, the journey still took us to the nearer and further surroundings of the Sun, where I saw several other remarkable things, as well as on the North Pole of the Earth, which are still unknown to our earthly scientists of astronomy and which are likely to give them some surprise and attract attention even with the earthly population, when one or another is discovered. For example, among other things, I’m referring to the fact that far behind the Sun, there orbits even another planet, but this remains hidden from the Earth, always located behind the star, for it has a solar orbit with such a speed that it can never become visible from the Earth, and moreover, it already drifts out of the SOL system and, thus, slowly removes itself from the system. Moreover, Ptaah showed me that there is also a Sun ring system, as this is also the case for several of the planets in a different form. At the same time, I also saw that in this ring system, as it was called by Ptaah, a certain number of satellites also romped around, but everything wasn’t comparable to Saturn’s ring system, whose actual moons didn’t circulate in the ring system itself, as this is the case for the satellites of the Sun’s ring system. Now the question: am I now allowed to talk about this, contrary to what Ptaah told me in 1975, that I must maintain silence over these things? I was also allowed to release information about other things, at least for the group members. But how is it now today? Since then, 12 years have lapsed in the country, during which time a lot has changed, and my contacts have also become well known around the world; therefore, probably no one would be surprised any more if I would now release some information relating to the aforementioned. Even if I am designated as a spinner again, it won’t cause harm any more; I think that I no longer get so upset or angry, and I certainly also know how to prevent this. I’ve already been branded as a spinner and fantasist, and my enemies can’t even do more than practice stupid talk and dumb criticism and slander me, etc., who still won’t be able to remain silent even now, for certain people think nothing of rational thinking or of propriety and tolerance. Some of the very friendly fellows are simply inconvincible because they are megalomaniacal and arrogant.

Quetzal:
182. What you say is correct.
183. However, a danger will continue to exist, namely that those certain elements will seek and continue to seek after your life if you talk about the aforementioned facts officially, which these people won’t like.
184. Thus, you must exercise extreme caution in every respect.

Billy:
That will be the least of my concerns. I can take care of myself quite well, and if it’s necessary, I can also defend myself. I’m actually not as defenseless as some people think I am. In so many respects, I have my defense capabilities, as you should actually know.

Quetzal:
185. That is well known to me, but maybe you’re too carefree.
186. But if you promise that you will exercise sufficient caution and attention in reference to the protection of your life, then I may certainly give you permission to release some more information, at least within the framework that you’ve mentioned.
187. And what I still want to say:
188. One could also say to your comment about the ring system of the Sun that it is a veil ring, or more precisely, a veil ring system, which consists of fine and very fine particles and also small and large chunks of various sizes, or even satellites, as you call them.

Billy:
Thanks. There is still so much that could be told of my Great Journey, but I think that everything would ultimately become too much.

Quetzal:
189. You certainly aren’t wrong about that because everything really would be too much if you wanted to tell or write down all of your observations and experiences of your five day long journey.

Billy:
That’s exactly what I mean.

Quetzal:
190. Then we are, indeed, of the same opinion.

Billy:
So I said.

Quetzal:
191. So, what does your next question relate to?
192. As well as I know you, you are not yet at the end of all that you want to know.

Billy:
What seasons exist on Erra?

Quetzal:
193. The same as the ones on your home planet, the Earth.

Billy:
So spring, summer, autumn, and winter?

Quetzal:
194. That is correct.

Billy:
And the duration of the individual seasons, these also approximately coincide with ours?

Quetzal:
195. That, too, is correct.
196. Nevertheless, Semjase as well as Ptaah and I already explained to you before that our home world is very Earth like and, thus, comparable with the Earth as far as possible.

Billy:
I know; I just wanted to reassure myself again because someone asked me about it.

Quetzal:
197. Oh, I understand.
198. Actually, I should have remembered, since you often do this because you don’t want to transmit any false information.
199. That is, indeed, well known to me.

Billy:
Thanks for your understanding.

Quetzal:
200. The thanks are mine, for I am honored that you ask me, by what means you don’t transmit any false information.

Billy:
And for my part, I am honored that you answer my questions, which isn’t to be regarded simply as a matter of course.

Quetzal:
201. Officially, it is unfortunately not permitted – not just with regard to my person but for all of us – to answer some of your questions.
202. Only when the answers and explanations regarding sensitive issues are determined for you alone can I deal with them and give you exhaustive information.

Billy:
Of course. I also don’t want to push you into something and thereby lead you into the devil’s kitchen. But what you can officially answer for me is certainly the question that you recently meant with it, when you said that the future of antibiotics looks gloomy.

Quetzal:
203. That is correct; I can respond to that openly.
204. My allusion referred to the fact that the earthly physicians will be forced to investigate new medicines in terms of antibiotics.
205. This will find its reasons in the fact that more and more, the Earth people will senselessly take antibiotics – and to be sure, ones that are irresponsibly prescribed by the doctors – for even the most minor of illnesses.
206. But on the other hand, people will also be tormented more and more by antibiotic injections in all sorts of meats and other food products, causing a wide variety of bacterial strains to become resistant against antibiotics.
207. But this will mean that the possibilities for treating diseases and infections of various types will become more and more problematic, and in the end, no effective medicines will be available any more.
208. This will happen, on the one hand, through the irresponsibility of many doctors and, on the other hand, through the fault of those who, due to their greed for profit, allow foods of all kinds to be filled with antibiotics, as this has already been the case for quite some time in all industrialized countries, in which animals are bred for slaughter and foods of all kinds are produced in order to be placed on the consumer market and sold to the consumers.
209. These, then, are the ones who become impaired in their immune systems by the antibiotic impregnated food and who become infected with bacterial strains, against which there are no longer possibilities for defense.
210. In particular, multi resistant germs or bacteria will emerge more and more in hospitals, against which there will be almost no possibilities for defense any more or else none at all.
211. Particularly in this regard, the bacterium Staphylococcus aureus will excel in an extremely dangerous form as an especially multi resistant hospital germ, which is designated by the short name of MRSA.
212. This extremely dangerous germ mainly settles itself in the nasal mucous membrane, as well as on the bare skin, and it is extremely contagious and, thus, very easily transferable and capturable.
213. The bacterium first becomes really dangerous, however, when it arrives into the body in some way, such as via external or internal wounds, but there are still other possibilities, such as through infusions, etc., but this will still remain hidden to the physicians for a long time.
214. As I said, too many antibiotics are swallowed by the Earth people, by what means various bacterial strains become more and more resistant against all types of antibiotics.
215. With this, a multi resistance will appear over time, which will result, then, only as a natural effect of the cause of antibiotic abuse.
216. As I said, more and more antibiotics will be irresponsibly given to the patients by the doctors, and on the other hand, the people of the Earth will eat more and more antibiotic contaminated meats of all kinds, and to be sure, meats of mammals of all kinds and also of fishes and fowls.
217. This will cause bacterial strains of every kind to become more and more resistant in humans, as I already explained; consequently, in the end, any medically prescribed antibiotics will no longer be able to cause any healing or any relief from suffering.
218. Yet through this, more and more deaths will appear, just due to the failure of medicines or due to a lack of suitable and effective medicines.
219. From these facts, there will already be talk very soon of an “end of the antibiotic age” among the Earth people.
220. More and more, every kind of antibiotic has already been criminally and feloniously administered to animals, fish, and fowls in large quantities during the making of meat or rather the production of meat, on the one hand, in order to make these immune to diseases and, on the other hand, to achieve a fast growth and also a rapid weight gain.
221. But in the future, this will cause all sorts of evils for the Earth people, of which the physicians and doctors still have no idea up to now, which will, therefore, also have very unfavorable and extremely dangerous consequences in the future, because the wrong and excessive use of antibiotics in human medicine and veterinary medicine as well as in the feeding of animals, fish, and fowls, etc. is in no way harmless.
222. The antibiotic residues in the foods of all kinds, about which the Earth person usually knows nothing, trigger a growing spread of resistance from the various strains of bacteria, which can then no longer be fought or else only with difficulty; consequently, everything in the relevant form leads to hopeless medical treatments and to a farce that will demand more and more deaths.
223. Through this, a catastrophe becomes predetermined and inevitable, if reason doesn’t triumph and the misuse of antibiotics isn’t strictly forbidden and controlled and if new medicines aren’t found in the foreseeable time that can break through the resistance of the dangerous germs that cause extremely dangerous infections, such as wound infections and blood poisoning but also many other illnesses, such as pneumonia and other ills, whereby the scientists and physicians will often stand before riddles when they have to make diagnoses and have to find out methods of treatment.
224. And once again, it would be said that in the course of time, antibiotic residues produce extremely dangerous effects in the food and that the health of the consumers is risked and harmed in an extremely severe form through the criminal and felonious injections of antibiotics into the food by profit greedy elements of all kinds.
225. And actually, injections of antibiotics not only arrive into mammals and fishes as well as into fowls, but also into birds and plants as well as into vegetables and fruits.
226. In fact, it is also true that, more and more, antibiotics also arrive into a variety of creatures of all kinds that are in the ground and in the insect world.
227. But that still isn’t enough, because in addition to the antibiotics, the people of the Earth produce various poisons of all kinds, as well as detergents, soaps, shampoos, herbicides, insecticides, and fertilizers, along with radioactive radiations and agents of all kinds that cause tremendous damages and that destroy the health of humans and animals as well as of fish, plants, insects and worms, but this is also true in regards to birds.

Billy:
If I may address you again on what you once said in reference to tomatoes: these contain active substances which prevent certain types of cancer?

Quetzal:
228. That is correct:
229. Tomatoes actually contain certain active substances that can prevent certain types of cancer to a large percentage, and indeed, particularly prostate cancer.
230. However, it is important that always enough tomatoes or tomato products are used for food, and especially in a cooked state, because through the cooking process, the active substances are strengthened.
231. But in a positive, preventive form, other types of cancer are also able to be influenced by the tomatoes’ active substances, as this is also the case with other types of vegetables as well as with fruits and all sorts of herbs and other plants.
232. But about this, in accordance with our directives, I may not give any explanations in an official form, for this would offend against the self development in terms of the research and insight collection of the Earth people.

Billy:
Always these directives, but I understand that our earthly humanity must strive itself in relation to its own development and, thus, also with respect to all insights and achievements and must acquire its own progress. It’s like in school, where no one of a very low class can simply be moved up to a much higher one and be of the acceptance that he could understand the new and higher one if he has not yet learned all the material between the lower and higher class or grade. A progress must always take place in a consistent and systematic manner, such that everything to be learned is actually learned and nothing is omitted from it, as this is also the case, for another example, with the learning of an occupation. If the learning and the progress as well as the development do not occur in this manner, then there arise enormous knowledge gaps as well as a lack of practical knowledge, skill, and experience. But this means that the higher knowledge, etc. can’t be understood and can’t be processed, which leads to the fact that the higher knowledge or higher achievements are incorrectly applied, which usually leads to dangerous grievances and even to a catastrophe. The following serves as an example: if a primitive person living in the wild comes into a technological civilization and gets a submachine gun pressed into his hand, he will neither be able to use this consciously nor responsibly; rather, he will simply wildly blast around with it, if he doesn’t already throw the gun away from himself in fright, run away screaming, or succumb to insanity, when the shooting iron goes bang. He simply can’t understand and can’t consciously process the whole thing because he lacks the necessary knowledge and other prerequisites that would enable him to understand it. Thus, it would amount to a paradox if you would break your directives and take hold of the people of the Earth under their arms in a progress related manner.

Quetzal:
233. You explain these issues very precisely.
234. You are really very talented in terms of giving explanations in such a way that they are also well understood.
235. Moreover, I have already very often assessed that you muster up an infinite patience, in order to explain something over and over again if someone doesn’t understand a matter and can’t comprehend it.
236. To this, I must confess that for my part, I am not able to muster up this patience, as I am also lacking your diversity of language and explanation possibilities, by what means you can explain facts and issues, etc. in such a way that in the end, no doubt exists any more.

Billy:
You are too kind with your compliments, my son. Unfortunately, despite my explanation efforts, misunderstandings arise again and again.

Quetzal:
237. But that doesn't happen because of a fault on your part, as I have already very often determined, but because of the fact that complicated and incomplete questions are asked and your answers and explanations aren’t analyzed further.
238. Those are the factors that then lead to misunderstandings.
239. In addition, as I have also very often determined, questions are directed towards you, whereby you cannot intelligibly answer the questioners, even with the best intention, because they are still lacking the necessary understanding and cognition possibilities, and therefore, everything is foreign to them.
240. But this very fact is a peculiarity of the Earth person, namely that he always wants to know more than what he can actually understand and bear.
241. This, then, also leads to the fact that he asks unclear questions, which he often doesn’t even understand or can’t formulate properly, from which then, even misunderstandings arise and so on.

Billy:
With that, you may be quite right. Furthermore, it is also such that I simply may not answer questions in full because it isn’t the right moment or the necessary understanding to do so isn't given. So for example, today or tomorrow, I can only answer a question partially and can first give a full answer three or seven years later when, in the meantime, the understanding and cognition for this have progressed so far with the questioner that everything becomes clearly received and understood.

Quetzal:
242. That is the normal development of learning, recognizing, and understanding.

Billy:
A fact that, unfortunately, isn’t understood by many. Many think that they are always smarter and cleverer than they are in reality, whereby they are of the wrong opinion that they would understand more than what is actually the case. And if one doesn’t then deal with their questions in the framework desired by them, then they become endlessly offended, and they insult such a one as haughty, autocratic, presumptuous, conceited, arrogant, and as fraught with brain flatulence. I just recently experienced this again, when such a sect twerp, along with his sect aunt, insulted me in my office, when I gave them an explanation regarding the term “sacrifice,” which they did, indeed, ask me for.

Quetzal:
243. Your answer and explanation would also interest me.

Billy:
I will try, if I can still recall it. I can’t repeat the explanation word for word, of course, but basically, I said the following: a sacrifice or a sacrificial offering is a pure exchange between a person and an alleged or rather an imaginary divinity or false god. So for example, a sacrifice is offered as a pure testimony of the faithfulness, the humility, and the gratitude towards the god or false god, for which this grants a good and long life, good success, health, prosperity, freedom, revenge against enemies, victory in war and over enemies, as well as wealth, deliverance from poverty and misery, and countless other things. But this means that the offering or sacrificing to a god or false god represents a real business between this and the person or petitioner presenting the offering, freely according to the principle “here’s the money, there’s the goods.” And when a person sacrifices other things, such as his mite in the collection for a religion or sect, for the needy, or for a new church, a chapel, or for some other idolatrous temple, then this also corresponds to a business, for the business rule is this: there’s a sacrifice, sacrificial offering, or offering for the calming of a bad conscience because a person has more than the poor; there’s a sacrifice for the calming of anxiety, a sacrifice because one imagines himself to be better than the next person, a sacrifice to gain advantages, and a sacrifice so that the enemy is massacred, so that a dispute or war is won and the winner is lifted into the sky, so that the hated neighbor gets the plague along his neck, or so that one wins the lottery. Thus, sacrifices are, in every case, always aligned toward profit, and to be sure, even when they are given from person to person, but it must be clearly stated that sincere assistance and sincere gifts of love for fellow human beings cannot be equated with sacrifices because these demand nothing in return, in contrast to sacrifices. Sacrifices are, in every case, always religiously conditioned, cult conditioned and, thus, faith conditioned, associated with a dogma, with a doctrine, with which the theoretical side of the religion, the sect, or the other cult is represented. This theory of a cultic, religious, or sectarian form represents a set of views, suppositions, and conceptions that are designed to represent the origin of all existence and, thus, of humans as well as of a highest, absolutely perfect, infallible, omnipotent and omniscient as well as all merciful power, which is designated, in short, simply as God. If one gets to the bottom of the matter, then one encounters the myth in which the faith is expressed and what cultic customs, habits, and rituals are included, which have their own apparent logic as well as their schematic and mode of expression, depending on the nature of the cult. In addition, every religion or sect is based on a cult that gradually develops in a similar fashion to the dogma or the doctrine, from which, in turn, a religious or sectarian drive results, which appears as a reverence for the divinity and its holiness, along with rituals and other cult actions. Also included in this is the religious humble prayer to the divinity or the false god, as well as the sacrifice for all possible and impossible purposes, and often a pilgrimage is still connected with it. And with the sacrifice, the business and the exchange come to language again, namely in the sense that if you, as a human being, want something from your god or false god, then first of all, you must give him something for it, even a sacrifice or a promise, which does, indeed, come out to about the same, and afterwards, you must offer him something again as a thank you. As a rule, so this has been here since time immemorial, since the nonsense of the sacrificial offering has existed, something very precious is sacrificed to the divinity or false god, such as, in earlier times, rare forest fruits and field crops and such, and later even animal blood. However, the peak of the murderous offering was reached with the fact that human sacrifices were often the first and last tributes, which were allegedly demanded by the divinities or false gods. In particular, these were children and virgins who lost their lives in the sacrifices. Thus, cult sites and altars became sacrificial sites or murder sites, where innocent human blood was often immediately spilled in great quantities, and all this just to satisfy the bloodlust of the crazy priests, magicians, and shaman, as well as the medicine men and false prophets and messengers of God, etc., who mendaciously maintained that their divinities or false gods demanded human blood sacrifices, in order to ensure peace, freedom, rain, or prosperity, etc. or to turn away disaster or to make atonement for anything. That, my friend, corresponds to the answer and the explanations that I gave to the two sectarians.

Quetzal:
244. You astonish me, how precisely you have explained everything.

Billy:
Thanks, but consider that it is my task to fulfill my mission, and this requires that I always strive to explain all things clearly and plainly. But now to something else: for quite some time, one has heard again and again that criminals want to seize or take possession of materials, with which small atom bombs are supposed to be built, in order to threaten, to carry out extortions, to pursue terrorism, or simply to spread fear and terror. Does one really have to take all this seriously, and is it even possible that non scientists can build such bombs?

Quetzal:
245. The necessary knowledge to achieve this is very well needed, but nowadays, this requires no great effort because everything is held in writing in textbooks as training courses, whereby these are freely accessible to all Earth people or can easily be acquired; therefore, someone who is knowledgeable in the relevant subject can easily build such small atom bombs if he can obtain the materials needed for this.
246. Nevertheless, concerning such bombs, also the great power countries are interested in developing and manufacturing these, as this is the case with America and the Soviet Union that will soon no longer exist, which will be converted into a Russian Federation, in which case Russia, along with France, China, Israel, Pakistan, India, and several other nations will also strive for such small atom bombs.
247. Secretly, the Iraqi dictator will also take part in this, along with other power hungry ones.
248. In particular, America will make special efforts after the turn of the millennium, in order to be able to implement such bombs, when the megalomaniacal and extremely unscrupulous, irresponsible, and world domination addicted President of the USA lives out his global terror.

Billy:
Those aren’t exactly pleasant prospects.

Quetzal:
249. That is correct.

Billy:
The guy Bush – as he will be called – as you have well said, is obviously a complete maniac. Perhaps he is also the fellow who will then press the red button, in order to trigger World War III, by what means the great catastrophe would then be perfect.

Quetzal:
250. This possibility will be given then, unfortunately, because in his addiction for world domination and warmongering, he will know no bounds and will, at least, threaten many nations with war and revenge, etc., which could then very well lead to a global war, as the Henoch Prophecies describe this.
251. If the American population then doesn't bring the shouting for death, vengeance, and destruction to reason, and the population of the entire world as well as the governments of the earthly nations don't recollect themselves and don't undertake anything against all that will be breaking out and against the still threatening insanity, so that everything can be put to an end and the madness of the ones in charge can be stopped and through this, everything be turned to the better, then a lot of evil, harm, destruction, and annihilation is coming in the new millennium.
252. However, there won’t just be the criminal and inhumane, irresponsible machinations of the President of America, who has actually been life despising since time immemorial, because the criminal in charge of Israel will also act likewise, who, at that time, will bring much death, pain, sorrow, destruction, and downfall over Israel and Palestine and all the people there.
253. With this, I’m referring to the two men, Bush and Sharon, who will order and steer the murderous events in the coming time, and this under the approval of many senseless ones and advocates of the tremendous crimes that are then committed.
254. In addition, crimes of terror will be committed to an enormous extent by fanatics of the Palestinians, whereby their suicidal acts of terror will take on incredibly primitive and inhuman forms, and many deaths will have to be lamented.
255. Everything on both sides, so on the Israeli as well as on the Palestinian side, will degenerate to such a degree that prisoners will be made, and then, they will simply be shot and, thus, murdered, and many will even be tortured beforehand.
256. Everything will cruelly escalate and degenerate.
257. In addition, there are also other national powerful figures of various other countries, such as the national leaders of Iraq and Iran, who will act in the same form; this in addition to the degenerated religious, sectarian, and fundamentalist fanatics, through whom more global and very dangerous and human life demanding terror will be exercised.
258. Martial terror with thousands of murders and rapes, etc. will also break out across the Balkans, along with atrocities that are committed in a religious and fanatical manner in Ireland and that still won’t come to an end for a long time.
259. Yet also Korea won’t find any peace so quickly, as well as not Africa and South America, where tremendous human massacres and degenerate acts of war as well as abductions and murders, as well as expulsions of people from their land and even from their homeland will take place.
260. Even Sri Lanka, Kashmir, and India, as well as Afghanistan and other countries won’t remain spared from all these terrible events.
261. Innumerable things of the coming times could still be enumerated, but what has been said so far should be enough.
262. But despite all the bad signs, the Earth person should never and may never give up hope, as well as not his efforts, but should still let reason prevail.

Billy:
Now, enough should actually be spoken of that, at least for the time being. In addition, I still have another important question that I would like to ask, if you still have time to answer this. For this question, your medical knowledge would be required.

Quetzal:
263. After that, it should be enough for today, however.

Billy:
Of course, so it should be. So then: for a few years, there has been more and more talk of acupuncture, a healing method, with which fine needles are stuck in the body in certain places. This method of acupuncture, which is being discussed more and more, should really bring good healing results and should come from China and, of course, should have also been invented by the Chinese. The piercing of the needles into the body should be absolutely painless. But scientifically, this healing method of acupuncture is not yet investigated and proven to be right and good, at least not in the Western world, where the whole thing bumps into at least some skepticism, particularly in the medical school. Do you know something about this, and if so, what do you, as a doctor, have to say and explain to this?

Quetzal:
264. Acupuncture causes the healing of physical and psychological as well as consciousness related sufferings and illnesses through the setting of special, fine needles at specific concentration points of one’s life energy, which pulse through the body on certain paths.
265. The set needles influence the entire energetic system of the person, but this is also true for animals, fish, insects, and birds, as well as for plants, when these are treated with acupuncture.
266. The healing effect, as I already mentioned, occurs in the body, as well as in the consciousness and the psyche, depending on how and where the acupuncture needles are set.
267. But the true origin of acupuncture doesn’t trace back to traditional Chinese medicine – as is, unfortunately, erroneously maintained; rather, it was received by the latter only from old traditions and was integrated into the old Chinese medicine and brought to application.
268. The actual origin was already established millions of years ago and, thus, traces very far back into the past, and to be sure, into Henok’s time.
269. Henok himself was the investigator and inventor of acupuncture, which was taken over and exercised by his peoples and which has endured to the present day among the distant descendants of the peoples from “beyond the Sun,” which is how it has been received by today’s Chinese.
270. But despite its great remedial effectiveness, acupuncture is just one of many other methods and options of treatment for the entire field of medicine.
271. But in principle, acupuncture is very much more than just medicine because its ultimate goal isn’t just the healing of illnesses and sufferings or of any trivial discomforts of any kind, etc. but primarily to make the entire body as well as the consciousness and the psyche healthy and, basically, to allow no sufferings, discomforts, or illnesses to arise at all.
272. But this means that one’s life energy can flow and work properly in the body.
273. The cosmic electromagnetic life energy is the Creation given energy and is, in fact, also the actual, existing energy of Creation, which is also called Ur energy and which is also given in all life forms as well as in every spirit form of a conscious or instinct conscious form.
274. This life energy, which we refer to in our language by the specific designation of Ching, is a constant flux from the Universe that – through the energy lines, i.e. energy channels, which we designate as Sananta and, thus, conductive channels – flows through the body of each life form, so also in humans.
275. The Chinese designations for these forms represent their own formulations from the Chinese language and, therefore, have nothing in common with our ancient traditional terms that still trace back to Henok’s language.
276. The life energy of an electromagnetic and cosmic nature, which we also call “active energy,” flows similar to flowing waters, but through a form of certain energy channels, through the entire body of every single life form, and indeed, no matter what genus and species.
277. These energy channels, i.e. Sananta or conductive channels, pervade the entire body of every life form, so humans as well as animals, fish, insects, birds and plants, and even microbes, bacilli, and viruses, which means that actually every life form possesses them.
278. This energy flow, the all animating cosmic electromagnetic life energy, creates the difference between the effective living and the non living, so between what is moving and what is non moving.
279. But in the case of the non moving, there can be no talk of dying out or of Totem, as the Earth person erroneously designates this, for even the non living, i.e. what is non moving, is existent, as for example rock, stone, sand, and metal, etc.
280. These things that are also life forms and that we designate as passive life forms, in contrast to active life forms, do not exist through the same form of cosmic electromagnetic life energy, through which all moving life is begotten, born, and animated and also passes again, in order to change itself into other forms.
281. These passive life forms actually exist through a passive energy, which must logically be designated as passive cosmic electromagnetic energy.
282. The cosmic electromagnetic life energy is constructed in the same forces of positive and negative, as this is uniformly the case in all creational creations of every kind.
283. And exactly this means that neither on Earth nor on any other worlds or stars or anywhere else in the Universe could or can something arise or exist that doesn’t hold both forces of positive and negative in itself or which isn’t animated by the active energy or passive energy.
284. Without the opposite forces of positive and negative, which complement each other, always being given simultaneously, nothing can become existent and nothing can exist.
285. But this means that even with the passive energy, both forces are present, so both positive as well as negative.
286. At the same time, the negative represents the passive, the feminine, receptive, dormant and old, while the positive represents the active, light and warmth as well as the masculine, generative, and the new, as this has been defined since ages ago.
287. That’s how the cosmic electromagnetic life energy is to be seen, therefore, divided into two factors, into two forces, respectively positive and negative energies, which form a unit in themselves as well as in their union.
288. Now, if these energies get out of balance, then there results either an energy shortage, an energy surplus, or an energy obstruction, i.e. an energy blockade.
289. And as already mentioned, and it must be said again, both forms of energy always only exist together and are inseparably linked with one another, so the feminine and the masculine and, thus, the positives and negatives are always simultaneously present, and indeed, in every movable as well as immovable life form.
290. So also must the human himself be; by this, I mean that he must move from the left to the right, that is, from a strength or even from one energy form to another, without becoming sick, stricken, or burdened with troubles thereby.
291. But if he falls prey to a weakness of a physical, psychological, or consciousness related form, then an imbalance between the positive and negative energies is produced.
292. If this is the case, then it doesn’t require an enormous expenditure of energy to succumb to any discomforts, sorrows, illnesses, aggressions, emotions, depressions, moral depths, as well as mental, psychological, or consciousness related misreactions.
293. Such occurs when an energy defect exists.
294. The cosmic electromagnetic life energy flows in a person in certain channels that are given for this, which we, as already explained, refer to as Sananta.
295. On the Sanantas are the acupuncture centers or acupuncture points, through which the cosmic electromagnetic life energy arrives at the body’s surface, but the acupuncture nodes have nothing to do with the so called chakras, which only correspond to an illusory form.
296. And precisely where the acupuncture centers are – of which, overall, 786 exist, but in the Chinese acupuncture teachings, as far as I know, only 672 of these are known – the life energy penetrates at the body’s surface, where it can be influenced by the acupuncture needling.
297. The life energetic and, thus, vitally necessary Sananta system shows a certain resemblance to the circulatory system because just as the blood pulses through the veins, so does the cosmic electromagnetic life energy pulse through the energy system.
298. Each Sananta is also associated with a particular organ of the body, whereby all of the cycles are closely interconnected and mutually influence one another.
299. With the entire Sananta system, however, it can lead to an energy obstruction, namely when the energy is blocked, and precisely this means, then, that the immune system of the body, the consciousness, and/or the psyche is disturbed and weakened and suffers damage, by what means physical, consciousness related, or psychological troubles, sufferings, or illnesses appear.
300. And along with this, what is not yet known to the earthly scientists and physicians is the fact that not only the body and its organs but also the consciousness and the psyche have a particular immune system assigned to them.
301. Now, if an energy obstruction of the life energy arises somewhere in the Sananta system, then the obstruction can be dissolved by a purpose driven acupuncture, but it is to be noted that different forms of acupuncture are necessary for different troubles, sufferings, and illnesses.
302. Now, in order to come to speak on acupuncture needles as well as on their application, it is to be said that the fine needles used for the needling are only about half a millimeter thick and are inserted into the body using different depths; therefore, the insertion depth can vary from a few millimeters up to five centimeters, whereby the depth is determined by the acupuncture point.
303. The needle is stuck directly into the acupuncture center of the Sananta.
304. This triggers a provocation, by what means the body produces nerve growth hormones that quickly spread into the surrounding tissue, thereby calming down inflammations at the nerve ends and healing these completely.
305. Furthermore, these growth hormones move over the nerve up to the nerve’s root, where they trigger and carry out a regeneration of the nervous fibers.
306. The effect of acupuncture can still be enhanced, namely by the acupuncture center being stimulated by the manual movements of the needles that are stuck in the body, in which the needles remain up to 30 minutes.
307. Even with the manual movements of the needles, no pain arises for the person being treated.
308. And what is still to be said:
309. Still today, unfortunately, the earthly medical school views the human being in parts or sections, and exactly this is wrong, because the human being must be viewed medically as a whole.
310. Social, consciousness related, psychological, intellectual sentimental, and emotional constitutions of the human being are also of utmost importance; therefore, not just the conventional medical thinking and the related aspects, diagnoses, and resulting medication may be considered.
311. Moreover, if one wants to describe the momentary state of life energy of a human being, then one can refer to the five natural elements: wood, water, fire, earth, and metal.
312. Processes are symbolized by these elements, as these appear in nature and as these also operate in humans.
313. The functions of the organs as well as the worlds of thoughts, feelings, psyches, emotions, and consciousnesses are also allotted to these elements.
314. And as is determined by nature, all elements mutually influence each other.
315. In addition to true acupuncture, what must also be mentioned is that there is an additional way to stimulate an acupuncture center more strongly, namely the so called moxibustion, through which an increase in energy can be produced.
316. For this, a small ball of dried moxa is attached to the free end of the acupuncture needle and is ignited.
317. Through this, the needle that is stuck in the body warms up, which then leads the heat into the depth of the tissue.
318. This results in increased blood circulation, which, in turn, accelerates the healing process.
319. Of course, one acupuncture treatment is never solely necessary but rather several of these are; however, as a rule, a noticeable improvement of the suffering, illness, or other discomfort already appears after the first treatment or after two or three of these.
320. At the same time, it’s important to know that with any form of acupuncture, if such is correctly brought to application, side effects never appear, as they very often do with chemical or herbal medicines.

Billy:
Dear thanks for your detailed explanation, which has brought me insightful knowledge. This will surely also help many people who are interested in acupuncture, but who don’t have the faintest idea of it and, therefore, might worry that this remedial method is painful and could have some bad side effects.

Quetzal:
321. But now, it is time for me to go, my friend.
322. Farewell and see you again soon.

Billy:
Bye, and again, many thanks. See you again soon.


217th Contact
Monday, March 16, 1987, 11:11 PM

Billy:
Nice to see you again, my friend. I've missed you already. Be welcomed.

Quetzal:
1. Unfortunately, it wasn’t possible for me to come earlier.

Billy:
It’s nothing. It wasn’t a reproach, just a comment. If you permit, I would like to begin with some questions.

Quetzal:
2. I have no objection to that.

Billy:
A few questions arose in reference to the places of fulfillment of guidelines, as you have used these at earlier times to separate the fallible ones from society. How did everything work? Were the fallible ones supervised at the isolated locations or simply left to their fate? How was everything secured, so that these couldn’t break out, etc.?

Quetzal:
3. The places of fulfillment of guidelines were, in every case, very much secluded from any civilized area.
4. The beginning of these places was, unfortunately, inglorious, for during the first 16 years of their implementation, the fallible ones, each one separated according to gender, were provided with everything necessary for living and learning, set out at the places of fulfillment of guidelines, and left to themselves; however, long range alert barricades and security barricades were given, so that no one could escape.
5. But this method wasn’t sufficient, for since the fallible ones were simply left on their own, several power groups emerged among them, which exercised terror among the other fallible ones.
6. Thus, it led to uprisings and to murder and mayhem, including individuals who rose up against one another out of hatred and revenge as well as out of resentment and for many other reasons.
7. At the same time, homosexual relations and the resulting jealousy also played an important role.
8. Consequently, new ways for the fulfillment of guidelines were sought for the fallible ones, whereby new security measures became effective.
9. So from then on, the places of fulfillment of guidelines were secured by guards who, on the one hand, exercised their waking functions among the fallible ones at the isolated locations and, on the other hand, also outside of these within a particular area.
10. This was the case at least during the first period, which lasted for a few centuries, after which other methods were then brought to application because the direct surveillance carried out by the human guards didn’t work satisfactorily.
11. The direct contact of the security guards with the fallible ones at the places of fulfillment of guidelines led to reciprocal differences as well as to reciprocal attacks, through which there were often uprisings and deaths on both sides.
12. For this reason, although other reasons also played a role, new ways were sought, which eventually led to the fallible ones being taken to absolutely secure and electronically monitored locations; therefore, direct security personnel were no longer necessary, and through this, the hazard of collisions and differences between the fallible ones and the guards was excluded.
13. However, in order also to ensure the safety of the fallible ones among one another – so that even among them, no differences and uprisings as well as no power groups would emerge and, thus, murder and mayhem would also be prevented – our early safety scientists created electronic behavioral chips, i.e. security chips, which were implanted into the brains of the fallible ones.
14. These chips were designed in such a way that they steered the behaviors of the fallible ones in a way that no aggression and lust for power as well as no hatred and no vindictiveness could appear; rather, everything in relation to this was reduced in such a way that a damping of these destructive concerns occurred, and in each case, all resulting matters were processed in peace and with consideration.
15. Thus, everything was aligned toward the fact that all occurring things and matters were considered thoroughly and rationally, and no differences and degeneracies, etc. appeared any more.
16. But this doesn’t mean that the fallible ones’ own will and their own freedom of choice would have been taken from them, for that was in no way the case.
17. In fact, they were completely free in this as well as in every other form, which also has reference to their freedom of movement and freedom of action.
18. The only restrictions were that, on the hand, a secured place of fulfillment of guidelines was given, from which no one could escape, and that, on the other hand, no criminal or otherwise degenerative actions could occur any more because these were prevented by the programming of the implanted chips.
19. The development didn’t stand still, however, because the scientists researched further and improved the electronic products, by what means everything became much better.
20. But the real great turning point first came when gene technology was taken into consideration, through which the fallible ones could be treated in such a way that they were separated from their criminal or other degenerative actions and, thus, completely cured of them.
21. This meant that gradually, the places of fulfillment of guidelines became superfluous and eliminated.
22. During the first time, if it was the case that fallible ones were banished for life, without them ever being able to establish contact with the outside world, then this measure was gradually relaxed and, in the end, eliminated altogether, once the fallible ones could be completely cured of their criminal or other degenerate forms through genetic manipulation and be released into society.
23. This gene manipulative healing method was further investigated and further developed, and indeed, even in reference to all hereditary diseases and immunodeficiencies as well as physical and organic deformities, but also in terms of disorders of consciousness and inheritable psychological disorders, etc.
24. The development progressed rapidly, so already soon, early detections of gene damages of the aforementioned kind became possible, which naturally led to the fact that these cognitions were used and the genetic deformities, genetic abnormalities, and other harmful genetic influences were already repaired in the growing child in the womb.
25. Thus, an irrefutable law has been in force since then, namely that every child, so every girl and every boy, is to be arranged into a gene examination, i.e. a gene analysis, at the prenatal age of seven months.
26. Since then, since this law gained validity and became observed absolutely, it is valid with us that every crime or other degeneration as well as every inheritable disease of the body and its organs, every immunodeficiency of any kind, and every form of harmful aggressiveness, jealousy, and vindictiveness are just as non existent as also hatred, envy, desire for validity, egoism, and many other characteristics that bring the human being discord, unkindness, and other harms.
27. But at the same time, it should be noted that through this, our own decision in all matters and concerns is in no way impaired, as well as not our drive for self preservation and our drive for self defense, when this is demanded.

Billy:
Thanks. That should actually suffice. – On my Great Journey with Ptaah, he told me that our scientists are mistaken in their acceptance that in the explosions on the Sun, only two million degrees of heat would arise. But unfortunately, I now don’t remember what he said, I mean, what degrees of heat he said, which arise in reality. Do you, perhaps, know about this?

Quetzal:
28. I am not aware of what you two discussed in this regard, but it actually isn’t true that only two million degrees of heat should arise in the solar explosions.
29. In fact, it is around a (1) billion degrees.

Billy:
Now that you mention it, I remember again. Yes, Ptaah spoke of around a billion degrees. But now, something else: particularly in Switzerland and in Germany, a lot of advertising is always made for how milk should be healthy and a calcium dispenser. However, Ptaah once said that this doesn’t correspond to the truth. I also heard this repeatedly from physicians and scientists. What’s up with this?

Quetzal:
30. What Ptaah explained to you and what you’ve otherwise heard repeatedly about milk is correct.
31. Milk is very well a great source of energy, but not necessarily healthy and tolerable for every person.
32. But in particular, milk may not be awarded those health values that are publicized, for example, by the milk producers and by the responsible persons of the milk industry and other utilizers of milk who produce food and beverages.
33. In fact, milk, particularly cow's milk, contains many substances that aren’t exactly to be designated as health promoting.
34. Unfortunately, also in reference to milk calcium, many erroneous views and assertions prevail, for this doesn’t promote bone structure but is truly a robber of calcium, which removes the body’s own calcium, even from the bones, by what means there isn’t a supply of calcium to the body and the bones through milk but, on the contrary, a removal of calcium.
35. And since, as a rule, too little calcium is already otherwise supplied to the body – as this is also the case for many vitamins, trace elements, and minerals because today's foods, even fruits and vegetables that become more and more over cultivated, contain less and less of these substances – the Earth person should take this separately or add this to his normal diet as a food supplement.

Billy:
Also for this answer, I thank you, and it will certainly help so many people. By the way, various people have also asked me about how healthy milk actually is. So I can now give them a useful answer, naturally pointing out that you’ve explained everything to me more exactly. But now, still a question about the prophecy of Henoch: you said that if it should actually come to World War III, then Switzerland also won’t remain spared any more, namely for the reason that connections would be entered into with the UN, i.e. the United Nations, as well as with NATO and with the European Union. How, then, should these connections look – loose or firm? What is decisive in this regard?

Quetzal:
36. The importance doesn’t lie in a loose or free connection but only in the fact that any mutual connection exists at all, whatever this may look like.
37. In every form, Switzerland loses the actual status of its neutrality, which it could only preserve if it in no way entered into any mutual or one sided connections with binding contracts with the aforementioned organizations.
38. Only through this would actual neutrality be preserved in truth, through which an attack on Switzerland would remain undone.
39. But this won’t be the case with great certainty, for already shortly after the turn of the millennium, through the irrationality of many Swiss citizens, misled by those who are irresponsible, a firm entry into the UN will take place, which will count as the beginning of the prospective catastrophe, if the prophecy of Henoch should fulfill itself, which can still be averted, however, if this people takes the initiative and brings the responsible persons of the government to reason.
40. But this would have to mean that the majority of the population and the rulers become filled with actual reason and responsibility and act accordingly.
41. To open themselves to the world, and this means not opening themselves to a nation and its people, to go into the clutches of some foreign conditioned organizations, etc. and to forfeit their freedom and neutrality thereby, these are truly worth a lot more than the empty promises and lies of those who only strive for power and wealth and to whom all infamous means are right, in order to deceive the people and rule over them.
42. Unfortunately, like with other peoples of other nations, this will also be the case with the Swiss people, at least just with the majority of them who will be shouting for the accessions or other connections to the aforementioned organizations, by what means it will first be recognized too late, as to what the actual truth will be, in regards to the connections and agreements with the EU, NATO, and UN.
43. But once this realization comes, it will be very well too late to be able to slip out again through a suitable mesh.
44. Therefore, it is only to be wished and hoped, and indeed, against all the gloomy prophecies, that the people, even those of Switzerland, will still become reasonable and prevent the impending disaster, which still, for a certain time, actually lies in the realm of possibility; consequently, the prophetic threatening events don’t have to arrive and don’t have to fulfill themselves.
45. And indeed, it is to be desired, that the future will change for the better in the third millennium and that the great time and the century of wars and strife among the Earth people will finally be over.
46. In order to achieve this, the Earth people just need a little reason, understanding, and love, as well as the will to live together in peace with all humans, to respect and honor one another, and to help one another live.

Billy:
Your word in the human beings’ ear. – Actually, it would be nice if in this so beautiful world, love and peace would finally prosper among all human beings. But it would probably still be too premature to cherish desires and hopes for this, so I think, because the overall thinking and behavior of the Earth person is still too focused on power, materialism, religion, and faith, as well as on selfishness, egotism, pride, self glorification, jealousy, hatred, vindictiveness, racism, and on many other bad things and negative values, than that he could be taught what is better and would also consciously and willingly change for the better. And even then, when the greatest misery and greatest catastrophe falls upon him, the person of the Earth, he will only reflect upon the better for a short time, and to be sure, only for so long until his agonies and his memories slowly fade away and he thinks that he has the upper hand again. Once he suffers agonies, fear, distress, and misery, then he is ready to make all possible and impossible promises, to pray to every imaginary God with endless words of gratitude and many sacrifices, which he would offer if he would just be released from his shit again. And once it is actually the case that the fear, need, misery, agony, trouble, and danger, etc. are over, then all the promises are forgotten and vanish like sound and smoke, after which the old lifestyle continues, and all harm and evil, all hatred, all unkindness and jealousy, racial hatred, and other forms of hatred as well as vindictiveness and all other inhumane, dehumanizing, and inhuman things continue to grow rampant in a toxic and all around destructive form that stinks to the high heavens.

Quetzal:
47. It is frightening, how clearly and plainly you see the facts and the reality, my friend.
48. I wouldn’t like to be in your skin, as you tend to say, because you have to live on this earth among this humanity and fulfill your difficult task.
49. If I just think of how you are still attacked and slandered for all your work and efforts, then I dread it.
50. Moreover, I can’t understand at all how you endure all this and remain undauntedly loyal to your mission, even though you would actually have every reason to refrain from it.

Billy:
Dear friend, I made a promise.

Quetzal:
51. That is well known to me, and this word goes over everything for you.

Billy: 
Quite right.  I can’t break any given word. But let’s leave this, for I have something else to ask: recently, we talked about the primeval times of the Earth, and the issue arose, which Semjase also once talked about, that at least once on the Earth, there had been a global glaciation, i.e. a total global ice age, which dates back about 600 million years. At the same time, the entire equatorial belt should have also been covered by many meters of thick ice and by enormous glaciers. This, along with the great ice ages and the small ice ages that repeatedly moved across the planet since ages ago and will also continue to do so in the future. Through the total glaciation of global expanse, the entire Earth became a giant ball of ice, i.e. an actual ice planet. In addition, I ask you, since you are also a geologist and an expert in terms of the ice ages and so on, how the Earth was able to turn into an ice planet at all and how the enormous masses of ice were able to melt and then disappear again. At the earliest times, the planet was, nevertheless, a giant glowing ball, before it solidified and formed actual land masses, on which then, in the end, mountains raised themselves through inner Earth movements and processes, etc.

Quetzal:
52. It corresponds to the truth that at early times on the Earth, the ice regions and glaciers had advanced into the tropical zones and also forced the equatorial regions and even the entire planet under a mantle of ice that was many meters thick.
53. Thus, the ice planet Earth actually existed, just as Semjase explained to you.
54. To your question of how the masses of ice melted again, I must explain the following:
55. Normally, the Earth's surface is so strongly influenced by the Sun, through its rays, that the upper layer of the Earth is warmed up.
56. However, this only happens under normal conditions and not with glaciers and large surfaces of ice, thus also not with small and great ice ages, because only the ice free areas of the planet are affected and warmed up by the solar radiation, while the glaciers and other enormous white or bright greenish or bluish surfaces of ice too strongly reflect the Sun’s rays and, thus, also the heat energy; consequently, they cannot melt by the solar heat.
57. If large surfaces of ice and glaciers spread out across the planet through planetary climate changes or through disturbances of the revolution of the planet around the Sun or through any cosmic influence, then the Earth's surface naturally becomes brighter, by what means, as I explained, the sunlight, i.e. the solar radiation, becomes much stronger than what is usually reflected.
58. Through this, the planet takes in less and less solar heat, as this was also the case at that time with the Earth and is the case with every small or great ice age.
59. This is the reason why the planet’s surface cools down more and more and why the masses of ice can collect around it, grow unrestrainedly, and expand.
60. Then, once a critical expanse and mass are reached, the climate tilts inexorably, and the total global freezing can no longer be stopped.
61. This is the development of a global freezing of a planet, as this was also true for the Earth.
62. Nevertheless, such a total freezing of a planet can more or less or even totally be dissolved by the planet’s internal functions, which also happened on the Earth, on which even today, there are still a large number of glaciers, which can be found throughout the whole world in smaller or larger forms in the mountains, but in addition, the areas of the Arctic and Antarctic may not be forgotten, which also remained after the small and great ice ages.
63. Now, so that the Earth could free itself again from its enormous mantle of ice, the elementary, bubbling, inner life of the planet itself was decisive, namely the tremendous natural power of volcanism, through which the tremendous heat was generated, which eventually brought the ice crust of the Earth back to melting.
64. Volcanoes have a direct connection to the Earth’s interior and, with this, to the bubbling magma chambers, whereby the active volcanoes are also more active in their function, of course, during a global ice age.
65. Thus, the volcanoes remain active and, through enormous eruptions, spew out huge masses of liquid lava as well as heat onto the planet’s surface, but only the immediate ice covered areas all around the volcanoes benefit from this as the vast sheets of ice melt.
66. But in addition to the lava and the heat, the volcanoes also eject huge amounts of the finest dust particles, i.e. ash particles and so on and so forth, along with enormous masses of carbon dioxide, and these very factors are the ones that ensure that the heat of the sunlight is trapped in the atmosphere.
67. But primarily, it is carbon dioxide that is decisive for this heat effect, for throughout the entire global ice age, which lasted on Earth for 12.47 million years, this gathered together in unimaginable mass in the atmosphere, heating it to about 57 degrees, which entailed that a tremendous global greenhouse effect arose, through which the enormous masses of ice slowly began to melt, by what means the global freezing dissolved up to the small areas at the North Pole and the South Pole as well as in isolated mountain areas, etc.
68. This was also the case on the ground, which took place about 600 million years ago.
69. Of course, immense layers of clouds originated from the slow evaporation of the masses of ice, which surrounded the entire Earth as a closed cloud cover and which, in turn, led to a renewed and even much more extreme climate change.
70. Then, after many millions of years, it began to rain for the first time on Earth, and indeed, in such immense masses that everything was set under water.
71. This tremendous time of rain, during which the waters fell like a flood from the clouds to the ground, lasted for 142 years without interruption, and of course, new evaporations of the falling down water masses took place again and again, by what means the cloud formations were continuously fed, while the powerful volcanoes naturally remained active and constantly ejected new carbon dioxide into the atmosphere.
72. The flood like, falling down water masses combined in the atmosphere with this carbon dioxide, forming acid rain, from which then, over the course of time, natural lime developed on the Earth.
73. This was the development of the Earth in relation to the total global freezing, which then also firstly formed the actual origin for the original emergence of the first micro life forms of a single celled kind, from which, over the course of millions of years and centuries, life forms of the water, land, and air evolved up to the higher kinds, after which then, the Earth person emerged from the whole thing and evolved over many depths and heights to the current state.
74. Until the global ice age around 600 million years ago, only thermal life forms, i.e. thermal bacteria, existed on the Earth in the scorching heat of the magma and lava, and these life forms were partially expelled from the hot springs of aboveground geysers as well as from small or larger black funnels or chimneys rising high up at the bottom of the sea, and to be sure, along with the other primitive forms, from which, over the course of time, new unicellular life forms could evolve, which settled in the sands of the shores of the seas and other bodies of water and evolved under or in the sand to multicellular life forms.
75. But at the same time, comets as well as meteors and asteroids as well as interstellar clouds of microbes played a very important role, once these came into the immediate vicinity of the Earth and fell down upon this, thereby bringing their microbes, etc. to the planet, which combined in part with the Earth’s already developed life forms of a similar kind and thereby created new life, or else life forms that were independently brought from space emerged from these.
76. But in relation to the insemination of the Earth with respect to fauna and flora, it must be clearly said that what primarily relates to this didn’t proceed from the planet itself but resulted through the inclusions from outer space, and to be sure, through comets, meteors, asteroids, dust particles, and even through the clouds of chemical elements drifting through free space as well as clouds of microbes, through which all the bacteria, fungi, lichens, mosses, viruses, and protozoa of various genera and species were brought to the Earth.
77. The Earth human being first emerged much later out of new amino acid connections, etc., which resulted from the decay substances of plants and animals.
78. The earliest human forms in this regard, which emerged from the planet itself, are to be backdated to 8 to 12 million years, but the actual hominid forms first appeared between six and eight million years ago, from whose lines various human forms then developed over the course of time, but these were not of permanence and, thus, passed again.
79. Then, from the same original line, still other and similar human life forms formed, so with the related human life forms, namely the simian beings, which still exist on the Earth today in various species.
80. The human beings who walked the Earth at earlier times, such as over 20 or 120 or even more than 230 million years ago, were in no way the so called Earth made or Earth created ones but rather extraterrestrials who came from the depths of space and who stayed here for a certain time or only visited the planet for a short time for expeditions or for major excursions.
81. At that time, the areas of origin and home worlds of these travelers from afar were to be found in your galaxy, so the Milky Way, but also in foreign galaxies.

Billy:
So once more: from your words, it again follows clearly and plainly that humans aren’t descended from the ape line but rather apes from the human line.

Quetzal:
82. That is correct because the Darwinian Theory of Evolution, that the evolutionary line of Earth human beings traces back to apes, is fundamentally wrong, for in truth, the evolutionary line of apes traces back to human beings.
83. Darwin was a deceiver in relation to the Man Ape Evolutionary Line Theory because he secretly worked on ape bones and ape skeletons with a filing utensil, in order to adapt them into his claim and false theory and to present it to those scientists at that time who occupied themselves with the evolution of animals and humans.
84. At first, they were completely impressed by Darwin’s “evidence” and spread Darwin’s false claims and deceitful machinations across the globe as correct and as a true sensation.
85. And once they discovered Charles R. Darwin’s fraud, it was already too late to correct everything again; consequently, everything took its course, and the fraudulently created evidence entered into the scientific annals as authenticity; thus, it also spread among the people, and the erroneous teaching was born that the human being is descended from the ape, which is the exact opposite of what corresponds to the truth and correctness, that the ape is descended from the line of the human being.

Billy:
The story is well known to me. Through his wrong machinations, Darwin probably created the greatest deception and the greatest lie that a scientist on Earth has ever created. Greater deception and greater lies were probably only created by the Americans, with their made up first Moon landing, as well as those through which religions and sects were created.

Quetzal:
86. That is correct.
87. But now, my friend, it is again enough for today, because you just don’t look so good in the world, that one could say that you are doing really well.
88. So I want to say goodbye again and hope that in my next visit, I find you in a state of better health.
89. So farewell then – and until we meet again.
90. I will come again at the end of the month.

Billy:
Then until we meet again, dear friend. So until the end of May. Please pay everyone my dearest greetings.



-----------

copy the link and paste into browser of this;
https://docs.google.com/document/d/1YrAO49HbLqhxJGLDxiqLMax5sJWho84lPOIFjXq-2l0/preview

and
https://docs.google.com/document/d/18keAaF9DRrXatquqCityGv5rgN7rBAvF_NdjJFmRdsk/preview

------------------------------